AI Terminal

MODULE: AI_ANALYST
Interactive Q&A, Risk Assessment, Summarization
MODULE: DATA_EXTRACT
Excel Export, XBRL Parsing, Table Digitization
MODULE: PEER_COMP
Sector Benchmarking, Sentiment Analysis
SYSTEM ACCESS LOCKED
Authenticate / Register Log In

Intesa Sanpaolo

Remuneration Information Mar 28, 2025

4465_def-14a_2025-03-28_d8962a2d-1cb3-4fa0-a562-23a93b11f6f6.pdf

Remuneration Information

Open in Viewer

Opens in native device viewer

Report on remuneration policy and compensation paid 12 March 2025

Report on remuneration policy and compensation paid 12 March 2025

Report on remuneration policy and compensation paid

Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A. Registered Office: Piazza S. Carlo, 156 10121 Torino Secondary Registered Office: Via Monte di Pietà, 8 20121 Milano Share Capital Euro 10,368,870,930.08 Torino Company Register and Fiscal Code 00799960158 "Intesa Sanpaolo" VAT Group representative Vat Code No. 11991500015 (IT11991500015) Included in the National Register of Banks No. 5361 ABI Code 3069.2 Member of the National Interbank Deposit Guarantee Fund and of the National Guarantee Fund and Parent Company of the banking group "Intesa Sanpaolo" included in the National Register of Banking Groups.

This is an English translation of the original Italian document. In cases of conflict between the English language document and the Italian document, the interpretation of the Italian language document prevails.

Contents
CONTENTS 3
INTRODUCTION 7
SECTION I – 2025 GROUP REMUNERATION AND INCENTIVE POLICIES 11
1. PROCEDURES FOR ADOPTION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE GROUP REMUNERATION AND
INCENTIVE POLICIES
11
1.1 The role of corporate bodies11
1.2
1.3
Chief People & Culture Officer Governance Area12
Planning & Control 13
1.4 Chief Risk Officer Governance Area13
1.5 Chief Compliance Officer Governance Area13
1.6 Chief Audit Officer13
2. REMUNERATION OF THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 14
2.1 Remuneration of Board Members 14
2.2 Remuneration of Management Control Committee members14
2.3 Remuneration of members of the Board Committees14
2.4 Remuneration of the Managing Director and CEO 15
2.5
2.6
Insurance policy for Board Members and General Managers15
Termination of office; employee termination indemnities15
3. REMUNERATION POLICY FOR THE CORPORATE BODIES OF SUBSIDIARIES 17
4. GROUP REMUNERATION AND INCENTIVE POLICIES
18
SECTION A
REMUNERATION AND INCENTIVE PRINCIPLES,
SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS

19
4.1 Purposes and principles of the Remuneration and Incentive Policies19
4.2 Segmentation of personnel 20
4.3 Remuneration components23
4.4 The remuneration pay mix30
4.5 Annual Incentive Systems for Group personnel33
4.6 Payment methods of the variable remuneration52
4.7 Broad-based Short-Term Plan – PVR ("Premio Variabile di Risultato")62
4.8 Long-Term Incentive Plans 65
4.9
4.10
Termination of the employment agreement73
Prohibition of hedging strategies77
SECTION B
RULES FOR IDENTIFYING RISK TAKERS
78
4.11 Introduction 78
4.12 Scope78
4.13 Definitions and rationales of application79
4.14 Application of the Rules at Intesa Sanpaolo Group Level 80
4.15 Application of the Rules at Sub-consolidating Groups level and Individual Bank level
84
SECTION II – DISCLOSURE ON REMUNERATION PAID IN FINANCIAL YEAR 2024 86
INTRODUCTION
REPRESENTATION OF THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF THE REMUNERATION OF BOARD
86
MEMBERS, THE MANAGING DIRECTOR AND CEO,
ALSO ACTING AS GENERAL MANAGER,
THE KEY MANAGERS
AND OF
88
APPLICATION OF THE 2024
REMUNERATION AND INCENTIVE POLICIES
89
THE 2024 ANNUAL INCENTIVE SYSTEM BASED ON FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 90
The 2024 Incentive System for the Managing Director and CEO in his capacity as General
Manager93
Pay-for-performance analysis of the short-term variable remuneration of the Managing

Director and CEO, in his capacity as General Manager, and the Group Net Income of the last three years (i.e. 2022, 2023 and 2024).............................................................................................95 The Managing Director and CEO's equity investments...............................................................95 INFORMATION ON THE ANNUAL CHANGE IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS OF THE REMUNERATION AND RESULTS OF THE GROUP ........................................................................................................ 96

PART II –
QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE INFORMATION
98
QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE INFORMATION AS REQUIRED BY ARTICLE 17
OF REGULATION
(EU)
637/2021
OF 15
MARCH 2021
98
Qualitative disclosure - EU REMA98
Quantitative disclosure110
Quantitative information pursuant to CONSOB Regulation119
PART III –
INTERNAL AUDITING DEPARTMENT ASSESSMENT OF THE INCENTIVE
SYSTEM
132
APPENDIX

133
TABLE NO.
1:
"ART.
5
-
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE"
134
TABLE NO.
2:
"ART.
123-BIS -
REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND OWNERSHIP
STRUCTURES"
136
TABLE NO.
3:
"ART.
123-TER –
REPORT ON THE REMUNERATION POLICY AND COMPENSATION
PAID"

137
TABLE NO.
4:
BANK OF ITALY PROVISIONS ON "TRANSPARENCY OF THE BANKING AND
FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS AND SERVICES –
CORRECTNESS OF THE RELATIONS BETWEEN
INTERMEDIARIES AND CUSTOMERS"
-
SECTION XI
-
PARAGRAPH 2-QUATER "REMUNERATION
POLICIES AND PRACTICES"
AND 2-QUATER.1
"REMUNERATION POLICIES AND PRACTICES FOR
RELEVANT PERSONS AND CREDIT INTERMEDIARIES"
139

Report on remuneration policy and compensation paid

12 March 2025

Introduction

Over the last few years, international bodies and regulators have paid increasing attention to the issue of remuneration across different industries, including that of listed companies, of banks and banking groups, of insurance, of asset management as well as that of investment firms, with the aim of guiding issuers and operators towards the adoption of remuneration policies and remuneration systems that are consistent with the principles – intensified following the economic and financial crisis – governing the process for drawing up and approving the remuneration and incentive policies, the compensation structure and their transparency.

The regulatory framework has undergone a significant evolution - which is still ongoing - both at the European level and at the national level, in each of the above-mentioned sectors.

With reference to listed companies, Art. 123-ter of the Consolidated Law on Finance (Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998, "CLF") provides for the obligation to prepare and make available to the public a report on remuneration, divided into two sections (the first illustrating the company's policy in relation to remuneration and the procedures used for the adoption and implementation of this policy, the second providing information on the remuneration paid), to be drawn up including the information set out in the Issuers' Regulation (Consob Regulation 11971 of 14 May 1999, as subsequently updated), and to be submitted to the Shareholders' Meeting resolution. Since 2019, in implementation of the so-called Shareholders' Rights Directive II (Directive (EU) 2017/828), pursuant to Art. 123-ter of the CLF, the Shareholders' Meeting has been called to cast a binding vote on the first section of the report and to decide in favour or against the second section. The resolution relating to the latter is not binding. The Issuers' Regulation - in the part relating to the report on the remuneration policy and remuneration paid - was also amended in implementation of the Shareholders' Rights Directive, with the aim of enhancing transparency vis-à-vis shareholders. Finally, in terms of self-governance of listed companies, remuneration has been dealt with, since 2020, in the new "Corporate Governance Code".

In the banking sector, remuneration and incentive policies and practices are the subject of specific regulations at European and national level. These regulations have changed significantly over time. More specifically, and among other things, in implementation of the so-called CRD III (Directive 2010/76/EU) and taking into account the guidelines and criteria defined internationally (including the principles and standards of the Financial Stability Board, the methodologies of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, and the Guidelines issued by CEBS), the Bank of Italy, with a measure dated March 30th 2011, issued Supervisory Provisions containing a harmonised set of regulations of remuneration policies, systems and practices in banks and banking groups, relating to the drawing up and control processes, the remuneration structure and the disclosure obligations to the public, thereby requiring, among other things, the approval of the remuneration and incentive policies by the shareholders' meeting, in order to achieve remuneration systems in line with the long-term corporate strategies and objectives linked with company results, appropriately adjusted to take into account all risks, consistently with the capital and liquidity levels required to fulfil the activities undertaken and, in any case, such as to avoid distorted incentives that could lead to regulatory violations or excessive risk-taking for the bank and the system as a whole.

The Bank of Italy intervened once again in the matter with the two recommendations contained in the communications dated 2 March 2012 and 13 March 2013, highlighting in general the need for banks to establish a strategy that is aligned to the objective of preserving the stability of the business, also from a forward-looking perspective, as well as maintaining the conditions of capital strength and prudent management of liquidity risk. Subsequently, in 2014 the Supervisory Provisions on remuneration policies and practices - contained in Bank of Italy Circular no. 285/13 - were revised to implement the regulations contained in the so-called CRD IV (Directive 2013/36/EU). In implementation of CRD IV, in 2014, the European Commission issued the Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) relating to qualitative and quantitative criteria for the identification of categories of personnel whose professional activities have a material impact on the institution's risk profile (so-called "Risk Takers"). In December 2015, the EBA, based on the provisions contained in CRD IV, published the update of the "Guidelines on sound remuneration policies", drawn up by its predecessor CEBS, defining in detail the rules relating to the remuneration structure, remuneration policies and the related governance and implementation processes. The indications of these Guidelines were implemented by the Bank of Italy which, in 2018, updated the regulations on remuneration policies and practices referred to in Circular 285/2013. In 2019, the CRD V

(Directive 2019/878/EU) and the Regulation (EU) 2019/876 (CRR II) were issued. Following the adoption of the provisions of CRD V, the EBA revised (i) the Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) that specify the criteria for identifying Risk Takers reported in the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/923, published on 9 June 2021; as well as (ii) the Guidelines on sound remuneration policies publishing a new version in July 2021 and providing for its application starting from 31 December 2021; as a result of the issue of CRR II, the European Commission has published the Regulation (EU) n. 637/2021 – so-called Implementing Technical Standards – which governs the methods of disclosure of the information on remuneration. The Bank of Italy has implemented CRD V and the essential contents of the new EBA Guidelines as well as the so-called Implementing Technical Standards with 37th update of Circular 285/2013 published on 24 November 2021. Finally, in 2024 the Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 (CRR III) and the Directive (EU) 2024/1619 (CRD VI) were adopted. The latter, which will be applied from January 2026, includes, among others, also provisions on integrating ESG risks into the remuneration policies.

With regard to the insurance sector, ISVAP (now IVASS), with regulation No. 39 of 9 June 2011, laid down the principles regarding the decision-making processes, structure and disclosure obligations for the remuneration policies of insurance companies. Regulation No. 39/2011 was subsequently replaced by IVASS Regulation No. 38 of 3rd July 2018 on corporate governance of insurance companies and groups, which implements the so-called Solvency II (Directive 2009/138/EU) and the guidelines adopted by the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority (so-called EIOPA) on the corporate governance system and incorporates the provisions of ISVAP Regulation No. 39/2011 concerning remuneration policies. Furthermore, on 5 July 2018 IVASS sent a Letter to the market regarding the guidelines on the application of the principle of proportionality in the corporate governance system.

With regard to the asset management sector, the provisions regarding remunerations, initially included in the Joint Bank of Italy/Consob Regulation on remuneration (issued pursuant to article 6, paragraph 2-bis, of the Consolidated Law on Finance – updated on 27 April 2017 to transpose the Directive 2014/91/EU (UCITS V Directive) and included, from December 2019, in the Bank of Italy Regulation implementing Articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, sub-paragraph b) and c-bis) of the Consolidated Law on Finance – also apply to managers belonging to banking groups in different ways according to whether or not the asset management company (Società di Gestione del Risparmio) is classed as significant. The latter Regulation was updated on 23 December 2022 with the aim of, mainly and to the extent relevant here, implementing the new rules on remuneration applicable to investment firms and introduced by the Directive 2019/2034/EU and by the Guidelines on sound remuneration policies (EBA/GL/2021/13) adopted by the EBA in consultation with ESMA. The remuneration framework regarding investment firms is completed by, inter alia, the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2154 which provides for the technical regulatory standards that specify the criteria for identifying the categories of personnel whose professional activity has a substantial impact on the risk profile of the investment firm (so-called "Risk Taker"), effective from 12 December 2021.

Finally, with reference, inter alia, to the provision of investment services and activities by banks, investment firms and asset management companies, the provisions on remuneration included in Directive 2014/65/EU (so-called MiFID II) and in Delegated Regulation (EU) 2017/565 (so-called MiFID II Delegated Regulation), as well as in the "Guidelines on certain aspects of the MIFID II remuneration requirements" issued by ESMA and last updated in April 2023 are also relevant. These provisions aim to strengthen customer protection, among other things, by preventing conflicts of interest that can also arise in relation to remuneration and incentives.


This Report has been prepared in accordance with the above-mentioned Article 123-ter of the CLF and the Issuers' Regulation, and also takes into account the obligations of disclosure to the Shareholders' Meeting, pursuant to the Supervisory Provisions issued by the Bank of Italy which also refer to Article 450 of the CRR and the Implementing Regulation (EU) no. 637/2021 – so-called Implementing Technical Standards. Art. 123-ter (1), CLF

Intesa Sanpaolo has always paid particular attention to remuneration matters, the related regulatory compliance and maximum transparency to the market. The Report gathers into a single, well-organised and structured document all the qualitative and quantitative information that until 2011 was separately disclosed by topic in the Report on Corporate Governance and Ownership Structures, in the Supervisory

Art. 123-ter (2), (3), (3 bis), and (4) CLF

Art. 123 ter, (3 bis), (3 ter), and (6) CLF

Board report submitted to the Shareholders' Meeting – pursuant to Article 153 of the CLF – and in the financial statements.

This Report, available in the "Governance" section of the website group.intesasanpaolo.com, is divided into two Sections. The first section concerns the remuneration and incentive policies adopted by the Bank for the year 2025 with respect to its corporate bodies, the corporate bodies of its subsidiaries and the employees and other staff of the Group – with a particular focus on the General Manager, Key Managers (i.e. Group Top Risk Takers) and other Risk Takers – together with the procedures for adoption and implementation of these policies. It also describes how the remuneration policy contributes to the business strategy, the pursuit of long-term interests and the sustainability of the company and how it is determined taking into account the remuneration and working conditions of the employees of the company. This Section also includes a description of the aims pursued, the principles underpinning them, the changes with respect to the 2024 Remuneration Policy and how the Company has taken into account the votes and observations made by the shareholders at the Shareholders' Meeting of 24 April 2024 that approved the policy. The second Section, split into three parts, provides a description of each item that makes up the remuneration, together with quantitative, analytical and aggregate information.

With a view to disclosing information in accordance with the regulatory obligations, this document describes the levels of compliance with the provisions on remuneration established by Article 5 of the Corporate Governance Code. In this respect, to facilitate interpretation, specific margin notes citing the related Principles and Recommendations have been provided alongside the text, together with the indications provided in Articles 123-bis and 123-ter of the CLF.

The Appendix to this document contains specific check lists that indicate, on one side, the Principles and Recommendations of the Corporate Governance Code and the provisions of Articles 123-bis and 123-ter of the CLF and the requirements set in the Provisions regarding "Transparency of the banking and financial transactions and services – correctness of the relations between intermediaries and customers"1 , and, on the other side, the page of this Report in which the matter is discussed.

These check lists should be read together with the explanatory notes and details provided in the Report concerning the application of the individual provisions.

Information contained in this Report, unless otherwise stated, refers to the position as at 12 March 2025, the date of its approval by the Board of Directors.


The first section of this Report shall be subject to the binding resolution of the Shareholders' Meeting, called pursuant to Article 2364, second paragraph, of the Italian Civil Code, as expressly required by Article 123-ter of the Consolidated Law on Finance and by Bank of Italy in Circular 285/2013, First Part, Title IV, Chapter 2 - "Remuneration and incentive policies and practices", and the second section shall be subject to the non-binding resolution of the Shareholders' Meeting called in accordance with Article 2364, second paragraph, Italian Civil Code.

Art. 123-ter (3-bis), (3 ter), and (6), CLF

1 Specifically, reference goes to Section XI – paragraphs 2-quater and 2-quater.1

Section I – 2025 Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies

1. Procedures for adoption and implementation of the Group Remuneration and Incentive policies

1.1 The role of corporate bodies

1.1.a Shareholders' Meeting

The Shareholders' Meeting, on proposal of the Board of Directors, approves:

  • the Remuneration Policies for the members of the Board of Directors and the Remuneration and Incentive Policies of the Group (employees and staff not bound by an employment agreement), which also include the Rules for identifying Risk Takers;
  • the remuneration plans based on financial instruments;
  • the criteria for the determination of any amounts to be awarded in the event of early termination of the employment agreement or early termination of the office, including the limits established for said amounts in terms of fixed annual remuneration and the maximum amount arising from the application of such limits;
  • if applicable, with the qualified majorities as defined by the applicable regulations, a variable-to-fixed remuneration cap higher than 100%, but not exceeding the maximum cap established by the regulations;
  • if applicable, solely for the Group's key staff identified in the asset management companies (SGR entities), SICAVs and SICAFs and work exclusively for those companies, a variable-to-fixed remuneration cap exceeding 200%.

In addition, the Shareholders' Meeting, upon proposal from the Board of Directors, resolves with a nonbinding vote on the annual disclosure of the remuneration paid pursuant to Article 123-ter Consolidated Law on Finance (Section 2 of the Report on remuneration policy and compensation paid).

Finally, pursuant to the Articles of Association, the Shareholders' Meeting establishes the remuneration of Board Members (including the additional remuneration for the office of Chair and Deputy Chair) and the remuneration of the Members of the Management Control Committee (determined on a fixed and equal basis for all members, but with a special increase for the Chair) at the time of appointment and for the entire term of office.

1.1.b Board of Directors

The Board of Directors, in addition to the fixed remuneration set by the Shareholders' Meeting:

  • may set the remuneration of the Board Members to whom the Board assigns further special duties in compliance with the Articles of Association, including the office of Managing Director;
  • is responsible for setting the remuneration of the General Manager and of the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports, pursuant to Article 154-bis of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998, as well as of all other Group Top Risk Takers and the higher-level Executives of the Company Control Functions, in accordance with the provisions of the applicable regulations;
  • is responsible for drafting the remuneration and incentive policies of the Group to be submitted to the Shareholders' Meeting and drawing up the remuneration and incentive systems for persons for whom the supervisory regulations require that this task be performed by the body responsible for strategic supervision, including identifying parameters used to evaluate performance targets and setting variable remuneration deriving from the application of said systems.

1.1.c Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee was set up by the Board of Directors in order to support with all activities concerning remuneration.

In particular, the Committee:

• supports the Board of Directors in preparing proposals to submit to the Shareholders' Meeting;

Art. 123-ter (3)(a) and (b) CLF

Transp. Prov. 2

R. 25

2 The grey squares in the Remuneration and Incentive Policy indicate – as required by the Bank of Italy Provisions on "Transparency of the banking and financial transactions and services – correctness of the relations between intermediaries and customers" – Section XI – paragraph 2-quater.1 - the parts of the Policy that implement the rules on remuneration therein provided.

  • makes the proposals for the remuneration for the Managing Director and CEO and for the members of the Board of Directors who have been assigned further special duties in compliance with the Articles of Association;
  • proposes the remuneration systems for the Group Top Risk Takers and the higher-level Executives of the Company Control Functions, taking into account the opinion of the Risks and Sustainability Committee and the Management Control Committee insofar as within its competence;
  • expresses an opinion on the achievement of the performance targets to which the incentive plans are linked and on the setting of the other requirements for the payment of the remuneration.

Focus: Composition of the Remuneration Committee

In line with the recommendations of the Corporate Governance Code, the Remuneration Committee is composed of non-executive directors, of whom at least the majority are independent. All members of the Committee must have knowledge and experience relating to the areas of competence of the Committee itself and, in line with the above-mentioned Code, at least one member of the Committee has adequate knowledge and experience in financial matters or remuneration policies, assessed by the Board at the time of appointment and recognised.

1.1.d Risks and Sustainability Committee

Without prejudice to the responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee, the Risks and Sustainability Committee supports the Board of Directors by analysing the Remuneration and Incentive Policies to verify their link with current and prospective risks and the capital strength and levels of liquidity of the Group, with specific regard to the performance targets (KPIs) assigned by the Incentive System to the Group Top Risk Takers excluding the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports and those who belong to the Company Control Functions.

Moreover, in order to strengthen the independence of the Company Control Functions, the Risks and Sustainability Committee (also after the examination in a joint meeting with the Management Control Committee) expresses its opinion on the Incentive System for the Chief Risk Officer and the Head of the Internal Validation & Controls.

1.1.e Management Control Committee

In order to strengthen the independence of the Company Control Functions, the Management Control Committee expresses its opinion on the Incentive System for the Group Top Risk Takers belonging to the Company Control Functions, the higher-level personnel3 and, as it is considered a similar role, the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports. This opinion is expressed jointly with the Risks and Sustainability Committee with regard to the Incentive System for the Chief Risk Officer and the Head of the Internal Validation & Controls.

1.2 Chief People & Culture Officer Governance Area

As mentioned above, the Shareholders' Meeting is responsible for approving the Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies upon proposal from the Board of Directors and with the involvement of the Remuneration Committee.

The Chief People & Culture Officer Governance Area is responsible for drawing up the above-mentioned Policies, which undergo the related approval procedure, involving the following, to the extent of their responsibilities, as required by the Regulations:

  • the Planning & Control structure (see paragraph 1.3);
  • the Chief Risk Officer Governance Area (see paragraph 1.4);
  • the Chief Compliance Officer Governance Area (see paragraph 1.5).

The Chief People & Culture Officer Governance Area is also responsible for implementing the Incentive Systems, plans and initiatives.

R. 30

3 Higher-level heads of the Company Control Functions are the Head of the Internal Validation & Controls and the Head of the Anti-Financial Crime Head Office Department in his capacity as Head of the Anti-Money Laundering Function.

1.3 Planning & Control

The Planning & Control structure is involved in drawing up the Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies, in order to ensure that those policies and the resulting incentive systems are consistent with:

  • the strategic short-and medium-long term objectives of the Companies and of the Group;
  • the capital strength and the liquidity level of the Companies and of the Group.

In that regard, together with the Chief Compliance Officer Governance Area and the Chief Risk Officer Governance Area, it supports the Chief People & Culture Officer Governance Area in identifying the parameters used to evaluate performance targets, on which to base and link the award of incentives to the Group Top Business and Governance Risk Takers.

The Planning & Control structure also supports the Chief People & Culture Officer Governance Area in the periodic monitoring of the parameters set to evaluate the achievement of the performance targets assigned to the Risk Takers.

1.4 Chief Risk Officer Governance Area

The Chief Risk Officer Governance Area:

  • verifies, ex ante, inter alia, the consistency of the Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies and of the resulting Incentive Systems with the Group Risk Appetite Framework (RAF);
  • supports the Chief People & Culture Officer Governance Area in preparing the list of Risk Takers, providing – insofar as within its competence – additional information.

1.5 Chief Compliance Officer Governance Area

The Chief Compliance Officer Governance Area:

  • conducts ex ante verification of compliance of the Remuneration and Incentive Policies with the law, the Articles of Association, the Code of Ethics of the Group and any additional standards of conduct applicable;
  • verifies that the list of identified Risk Takers is consistent with the rationales described in the Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies and the regulatory provisions in force from time to time.

1.6 Chief Audit Officer

On an annual basis, the Chief Audit Officer, in accordance with the guidelines of the Supervisory Authority, verifies the compliance of the remuneration implementation practices with the related Policies and, in that context, also checks the correct implementation of the process for identifying Risk Takers, reporting to the Board of Directors and the Shareholders' Meeting on the results of the verifications conducted.

2. Remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors

Art. 123-ter (3)(a) and (b) CLF

R. 29

2.1 Remuneration of Board Members

The Bank's Articles of Association establish that the members of the Board of Directors are entitled, in addition to the reimbursement of expenses incurred due to their office, to a fixed remuneration for the services rendered, which is set for the entire period of their office by the Shareholders' Meeting at the time of their appointment.

The Shareholders' Meeting also sets the additional remuneration for the office of Chair and Deputy Chair.

The Shareholders' Meeting on 29 April 2025 is therefore called upon to determine the fixed annual gross remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors as well as the additional fixed remuneration of the office of Chair and Deputy Chair upon their appointment at the start of their term.

An insurance policy for civil liability has been taken out for the members of the Board of Directors according to the terms illustrated below.

In addition, as required by the Supervisory Provisions on remuneration, the amount of the remuneration paid to the Chair is consistent with the key role assigned to this office and must not be higher than the fixed remuneration paid to the Managing Director and CEO.

2.2 Remuneration of Management Control Committee members

Pursuant to the Articles of Association, the Shareholders' Meeting is required, at the time of the appointment of the Management Control Committee and for the entire term of office, to set a specific remuneration for the Board Members of the Committee, consisting exclusively of a fixed and equal amount for each Member, but with a special addition for the Chair.

The Shareholders' Meeting is therefore invited to determine said remuneration when renewing the Corporate Bodies. To this end, the Board of Directors provides shareholders with its guidance, also taking into account the recommendations on the quantitative and qualitative composition of the new Board of Directors, given the professional profiles required and the related time commitment.

Furthermore, if after the new directors have taken office, the Board of Directors decides to appoint some members of the Management Control Committee as members of the Risks and Sustainability Committee or of the Committee for Transactions with Related Parties, in line with the provisions laid down by Article 13.5.6 of the Articles of Association, they will also be entitled to the additional remuneration set by the Board of Directors for these offices, to the same extent defined for the other members of each Committee, in line with the Remuneration and Incentive Policies (see next paragraph).

In this respect, it is understood that for the Board Members who are also members of the Management Control Committee, the remuneration accrued for the performance of any office held in the Risks and Sustainability Committee or in the Committee for Transactions with Related Parties, in any event, cannot exceed the maximum limit equal to half the remuneration set by the Shareholders' Meeting for members of the Management Control Committee.

2.3 Remuneration of members of the Board Committees

In terms of the activities that the Board Members are called upon to carry out as members of the additional Committees established within the Board, the Articles of Association assign to the Board of Directors, on proposal from the Remuneration Committee, the task of setting the remuneration for these Members, in addition to the remuneration set by the Shareholders' Meeting, in line with the Remuneration and Incentive Policies approved by the Shareholders' Meeting.

This remuneration is set on a fixed and annual basis for the Chairs of the Committees, plus an attendance fee for each meeting of those Committees actually attended by them.

To this end, the Board of Directors takes into account the commitment required to carry out the office and the assessments and proposals from the Remuneration Committee,

For members of the Management Control Committee who are members of the Risks and Sustainability Committee or the Committee for Transactions with Related Parties, it is understood that the remuneration thus accrued is recognized in compliance with the maximum limit indicated in paragraph 2.2 above and, therefore, cannot exceed half the remuneration established by the Shareholders' Meeting for the office of member of the Management Control Committee.

R. 30

Focus: Verification of the competitiveness of the remuneration of members of Corporate Bodies

During 2024, the Remuneration Committee assigned again to a leading consultancy company the task of conducting an analysis of the positioning of the salaries of the members of Corporate Bodies of Intesa Sanpaolo in relation to the benchmark Peer Group provided for by the Remuneration and Incentive Policies in force.

The benchmarking analysis confirms the competitive positioning of the remuneration paid to said members in relation to the benchmark group. On the other hand, from the perspective of the remuneration paid for each meeting to each Board Member, that is the unit cost of participation of the Board Members to each meeting, Intesa Sanpaolo's positioning is less competitive, due to the intensive work carried out by the Board of Directors and, above all, by the Management Control Committee and by the Board Committees, which translates into a much higher number of meetings than those of their Peer Group.

Such evidence determined the advisability of making some recommendations to the Shareholders in this regard as part of the guidance on the qualitative and quantitative composition of the new Board of Directors.

2.4 Remuneration of the Managing Director and CEO

In accordance with the Articles of Association, the Managing Director also acts as the General Manager of Intesa Sanpaolo.

In this perspective, in addition to the fixed remuneration relating to the offices of member of the Board of Directors and Managing Director, the Managing Director, in his capacity as General Manager, is entitled to receive also a gross annual remuneration set by the Board of Directors and to participate in the shortand long-term incentive system for Group Top Risk Takers, as well as to receive a supplementary pension scheme, and the additional fringe benefits established for the role in line with the Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies approved by the Shareholders' Meeting.

2.5 Insurance policy for Board Members and General Managers

In line with the best practice on international financial markets and taking into account the nature, size and operational complexity of the Bank and the Group, following the resolution of the Shareholders' Meeting adopted on 28 April 2021, it was decided to take out an insurance policy to cover the administrative liability of the Bank's Board Members as well as all members of Corporate Bodies and key functions holders at subsidiaries against a limit of liability between 150 million euro and 200 million euro (D&O – Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance). The aforementioned resolution of the shareholders' meeting authorised the renewal of this insurance cover, including for subsequent years, at the best market conditions, also taking into account any future adjustments and revaluations, against a limit of liability proportionate to market best practices, with annual disclosure to the Shareholders' Meeting in the context of the Report on remuneration policy and compensation paid and until resolved otherwise by the Shareholders' Meeting. The terms of the D&O policy for 2024 were as follows:

  • Effective date: from 1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025
  • Limit: 200,000,000.00 euro, for each loss and for each year
  • 2024 Premium on an annual basis: approximately 4,660,000.00 euro.

The maintenance of such insurance cover and its alignment to be best market conditions are deemed to serve the Bank and the Group's best interests and to represent a necessary component of the Remuneration Policies.

2.6 Termination of office; employee termination indemnities

The Members of the Board of Directors, with the exception of the Managing Director who is also General Manager, are not Bank employees.

No agreements exist obliging the Bank to pay non-executive Board Members an indemnity in the event of their resignation or revocation of office without just cause or termination of their office following a public takeover bid.

P. XV, R. 29

Art. 123 bis (1), (h), (i) CLF

on the termination of the relationship, which also includes a non-competition agreement for the period following the termination (see paragraph 4.9.1).

3. Remuneration policy for the corporate bodies of subsidiaries

Remuneration for members of the corporate bodies of Group companies is set by Intesa Sanpaolo in its capacity as majority shareholder and entity responsible for management and coordination activities, pursuant to the relative statutory and banking regulations.

The remuneration policy for corporate bodies, therefore, complies with the following principles, applied uniformly at Group level, in accordance with the regulatory framework in the various countries in which Intesa Sanpaolo operates through its subsidiaries.

Members of the management and supervisory boards of companies of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group receive remuneration according to their assigned duties and responsibilities.

To ensure uniformity in accordance with Group standards, the remuneration of directors is set specifically based on parameters such as the capital and economic size and organisational complexity of the company concerned, as well as other objective and qualitative elements, such as the nature of the business carried out by the subsidiary, its operational risk profile and its geographical position.

Similar criteria apply to the setting of the remuneration for directors appointed to special offices, pursuant to Article 2389 of the Italian Civil Code and similar provisions in force in foreign countries.

Variable remuneration amounts, bonuses linked to results, profit-sharing clauses or options to buy shares at predetermined prices are not normally envisaged. Exemptions from this principle are envisaged only on an exceptional and justified basis, in accordance with the Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies and the related supervisory regulations in force.

In general, there are no differences in the remuneration of directors, regardless of the fact they are either Group employees, professionals or independent, etc. The remuneration of Group employees who are appointed as directors in subsidiaries is paid to the company with which the employment agreement is in place.

The remuneration of members of the board of statutory auditors of Italian subsidiaries is set upon appointment for the entire term of office, pursuant to Article 2402 of the Italian Civil Code, with a fixed yearly amount.

The amount paid to statutory auditors is determined through a uniform calculation method at Group level that takes into account objective parameters, namely capital and revenues of the company, in order to identify a specific remuneration amount.

Members of the corporate bodies normally have the right to reimbursement of the expenses incurred as a result of their office.

Finally, an insurance policy is taken out for board members and general managers of subsidiaries (the "D&O policy").

4. Group remuneration and incentive Policies

The Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies for 2025 set out below were drawn up substantially in line with those for 2024, which received the favourable vote of most of the participants of the Shareholders' Meeting of 24 April 2024 (votes in favour totalling 88.6% of the represented share capital).

In light of a stable regulatory environment compared with the past year and taking into account the fact that the Group remuneration and incentive Policies are adequate to support the achievement of the Business Plan goals, no significant changes have been made for 2025.

The only refinement is the extension to the Group Top Risk Takers of the Business Functions of the demultiplier linked to the failure to comply with a predetermined target for the containment of operating costs, in order to strengthen the control of the "stability of profits" risk in all the organisation areas.

This document describes the Remuneration and Incentive Principles, Systems and Instruments (Section A) and the Rules for identifying Risk Takers (Section B); the mentioned Sections, jointly, represent the Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies.

Lastly, it is noted that it is not possible to derogate from any elements of the 2025 Remuneration and Incentive Policies.

Section A – Remuneration and Incentive Principles, Systems and Instruments

This Section describes the Remuneration and Incentive Principles, Systems and Instruments defined for 2025 and addressed to all personnel of the Group4 , including the categories governed by the agency contract.

4.1 Purposes and principles of the Remuneration and Incentive Policies

The Remuneration and Incentive Policies of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group aim to align the management's and personnel's behaviour with the interests of all Stakeholders, guiding their action towards the achievement of sustainable medium-long term objectives within the framework of a prudent assumption of current and prospective risks, as well as to contribute to making the Group an "Employer of choice" for its ability to attract, motivate and retain top resources.

In particular, the Policies of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group are based on the following principles:

4 Including those operating at branches located in third countries. Transp. Prov. P. XV R. 27

19

Focus: Gender Neutrality

Intesa Sanpaolo pays great attention to the issues of "Diversity, Equity & Inclusion" and is committed to implementing and disseminating, within and outside the Group, a policy in favour of the inclusion of all forms of diversity. In this context, Intesa Sanpaolo adopted the "Principles on Diversity, Equity & Inclusion" within which it made specific commitments aimed at ensuring gender equality in HR processes and in the management of people. Compliance with these commitments is monitored periodically, also in order to set corrective measures.

The Intesa Sanpaolo Group adopts gender-neutral Remuneration and Incentive Policies that contribute to pursuing complete equality among staff. They ensure, for the same activity carried out, that the personnel have an equal level of remuneration, also in terms of the conditions for its award and payment.

In particular, the Group guarantees that the definition of the remuneration and incentive systems and the taking of decisions regarding remuneration are independent of gender (as well as of any other form of diversity such as affective-sexual orientation, marital status and family situation, age, ethnicity, religious belief, political and trade union membership, socio-economic condition, nationality, language, cultural background, physical and psychological conditions or any other characteristic of the person also linked to the expression of one's thought), are based on merit and professional skills and are inspired to principles of fairness.

In order to make it possible to apply gender-neutral policies and to be able to evaluate their effectiveness, the Group adopts:

  1. systems for measuring organizational positions that take into account the responsibilities and complexity managed by the various roles.

Specifically, for the management cluster, the Group has adopted the Global Banding System (see below "Focus: Global Banding System") based on grouping in homogeneous categories managerial positions that are similar by levels of complexity/responsibility managed, measured using the international IPE (International Position Evaluation) methodology.

Instead, the cluster of professionals is segmented on the basis of the career title assigned according to certain criteria (i.e. seniority, autonomy, complexity, but also skills, economics, impact and exposure) – in order to enhance in a granular way the level of professional contribution provided in their operations and the progressive specialisation of skills –or of the professional profile to which they belong, also taking into account the system of roles defined in the second level collective bargaining;

    1. for the management cluster, market remuneration references associated with each Global Banding bracket and differentiated according to the professional category they belong to and geography. On the other hand, as regards the cluster of professionals, market trend references differentiated on the basis of the professional category they belong to and geography are associated to career title levels;
    1. incentive/reward systems linked to objective parameters that therefore allow to recognise merit and performance.

Finally, on an annual basis, the Board of Directors of Intesa Sanpaolo, with the support of the Remuneration Committee, analyses the gender neutrality of the policies and checks the gender pay gap and its evolution over time in accordance with the methodology defined by the regulations. In summary, the gender pay gap is calculated for positions of equal value and country by country, making a distinction for: (i) Risk Takers, excluding members of the Board of Directors; (ii) the members of the Board of Directors in its management function; (iii) the members of the Board of Directors in its supervisory function; (iv) the remaining personnel.

It is noted that the reasons for the gender pay gap are appropriately documented and, where necessary, corrective measures are taken.

4.2 Segmentation of personnel

The Intesa Sanpaolo Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies are based on personnel segmentation logics that allow the operational adaptation of the principles of merit, fairness and neutrality in order to suitably differentiate the total remuneration and arrange mechanisms of payment that are specific for the various personnel clusters, with a particular focus also on those of a regulatory importance for which more stringent requirements are set. The distinction of the population into macro segments also allows to take into account the remuneration and working conditions of employees both in the declination of policies

P. XV

in specific remuneration and incentive systems and in the adoption of remuneration decisions tailored to each macro segment.

In application of these logics, three macro segments are identified:

  • Risk Takers;
  • Middle Managers5 ;
  • Professionals.

Focus: Risk Takers

The Intesa Sanpaolo Group identifies the personnel whose professional activities have a material impact on the entity's risk profile (so-called "Risk Takers") based on the "Rules for identifying Risk Takers", stated in Section B, which form an integral part of the Remuneration and Incentive Policies. These Rules were defined on the basis of the provisions laid down in article 92, paragraph 3 of CRD V, as well as Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/923 and supplemented by additional criteria that reflect the specific risks taken by the Group based on the business model and the organisational structure adopted and set out in line with the Global Banding System adopted by Intesa Sanpaolo (see focus below).

The following segments of Risk Takers are identified6 :

  • Intesa Sanpaolo Group Risk Takers (so-called Group Risk Takers);
  • Sub-consolidating Group Risk Takers;
  • Legal Entity Risk Takers.

Furthermore, within each Risk Taker segment and solely with reference to significant Banks7 – including Intesa Sanpaolo – the Top Risk Takers are also differentiated.

In particular, the Group Top Risk Takers segment consists of:

  • Managing Director and CEO;
  • The Head of Wealth Management Divisions, the Head of the Private Banking Division, the Head of the Asset Management Division, the Head of the Insurance Division, the Head of the Banca dei Territori Division, the Head of the IMI Corporate & Investment Banking Division and the Head of the International Banks Division as well as the Deputy to the Head of the Business IMI Corporate & Investment Banking Division;
  • Chief Sustainability Officer, Chief Social Impact Officer, Chief Governance, Operating & Transformation Officer, Chief Equity, Legal & M&A Officer, Chief Transformation & Organisation Officer, Chief People & Culture Officer, Chief Data, A.I. and Technology Officer, Chief Cost Management Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Security Officer, Chief Institutional Affairs & External Communication Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Audit Officer as well as the Deputy to the Chief Financial Officer;
  • Head of Administration, Regulatory Reporting & Tax Affairs in her capacity as Manager responsible for preparing the company's financial reports.

This segment coincides with the so-called Key Managers identified pursuant to Consob Regulation No. 17221 of 12 March 2010 containing provisions relating to transactions with related parties.

With reference to 2024, a total of 616 Group Risk Takers were identified, with a decrease of 3 people compared to the number of Risk Takers identified in 2023. Moreover, as in 2023, also in 2024 no individuals meeting any of the quantitative criteria set by the Rules for 2024 were excluded from the scope of the Group Risk Takers.

Furthermore, additional 109 Sub-consolidating Group Risk Takers and 461 Legal Entity Risk Takers not included among Group and Sub-consolidating Group Risk Takers were identified for 2024.

Consequently, considering the 3 Risk Taker segments (including Top Risk Takers), for 2024 a total of 1186 individuals were identified and, among these, 932 were identified as Intesa Sanpaolo Group Risk Takers or at the level of Sub-consolidating Groups / Legal Entities of EU Member States.

5 These shall mean all Heads of Organizational Units not already included in the cluster of Risk Takers.

6 It is noted that, in the following paragraphs, unless otherwise specified, the term "Risk Taker" is generally understood to refer to all three segments.

7 Reference is made to banks considered significant pursuant to art. 6, paragraph 4, of Regulation (EU) 1024/2013 (the so-called Single Supervisory Mechanism Regulation).

Focus: Global Banding System

The Global Banding System adopted by the Intesa Sanpaolo Group is based on the grouping in homogeneous categories of managerial positions that are similar by levels of complexity/responsibility managed, measured using the international IPE (International Position Evaluation) methodology.

In correlation to Global Banding, Intesa Sanpaolo also adopted a job titling system that clearly identifies the responsibilities and the contribution of the roles, overcoming the purely hierarchical-organisational logics.

In particular, the following are identified with the title of:

  • Chief, the roles that define and/or exert a strong influence on the Group medium/long-term strategy or define the reference Division/Governance Area strategy, with an impact on the results of the Group in the medium-long term;
  • Executive Director, positions that define and/or exert a strong influence on function/business/country strategies, consistently with the Division/Group strategies, and ensure their implementation even in highly complex contexts;
  • Senior Director, positions that define business/function policies and plans, and lead their implementation by taking managerial responsibility for financial and human resources;
  • Head of, the roles that define or contribute to defining programmes and plans for their own organisational structure, also in coordination with other corporate structures, and ensure their implementation by taking managerial responsibility for human resources and, possibly, financial responsibility.

Focus: "Relevant Persons" and credit intermediaries to which the Provisions regarding "Transparency of the banking and financial transactions and services – correctness of the relations between intermediaries and customers" (Bank of Italy) apply

In line with Bank of Italy Provisions regarding "Transparency of the banking and financial transactions and services – correctness of the relations between intermediaries and customers", the number of relevant persons and credit intermediaries to which the Provisions apply are shown below, based on their role held.

Role Number as at
31/12/2024
Banca dei Territori Division
Heads of Retail, Exclusive, Non-profit Sector and Digital Branches 2,595
Account Managers of Retail, Exclusive, Non-profit Sector and Digital
Branches
23,244
Financial Agents with an accessory contract (so-called Team Leader) of
Prestitalia
16
Financial agents of Prestitalia 587
Private Banking Division
Private Centre Heads, HNWI Executive Managers and UHNWI
Executive Managers of Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking
87
Team Leaders, Global Relationship Managers and Global Wealth
Managers of Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking
145
Private Bankers and Executive Private Bankers of Intesa Sanpaolo
Private Banking
710
Non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest, IW
Private Investments (IWPI) and Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking
Networks
5.487
Non-employee Financial Advisors with an accessory contract of the
Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks
295

P. XV R. 25 R. 27

Focus: External competitiveness of remuneration

As part of defining the total remuneration, Intesa Sanpaolo continuously focuses on external competitiveness in order to attract and retain the best resources.

In relation to market data and practices, the Intesa Sanpaolo Group aims to align the overall remuneration with median values, notwithstanding the possibility to make the appropriate differentiations for particularly critical positions and/or resources with high management skills.

Furthermore, the adequacy of the amounts is further verified in comparison to market data, with ongoing participation in national and international remuneration surveys; for management roles and other particular business positions, the comparison is based on specific peer groups, in order to evaluate the competitive alignment with the most appropriate reference market.

In particular, the reference peer group is aligned with the one used by the Intesa Sanpaolo Group for the measurement of economic-financial indicators of relative performance in the financial communication to the market.

4.3 Remuneration components

Employee remuneration is broken down into the following:

  • a) fixed component;
  • b) variable component.

Focus: Remuneration components received by Financial Advisors and Financial Agents other than employees

The remuneration received by Non-employee Financial Advisors and Financial Agents, due to the very nature of their employment as freelancers operating under agency contracts, is entirely variable and is composed primarily of commissions. Pursuant to the provisions laid down by the Supervisory Provisions, commissions are broken down into:

  • a) a "recurring" component, representing the most stable and ordinary portion of remuneration. This component is equivalent to the fixed remuneration;
  • b) a "non-recurring" component that has an incentive purpose, specifying that the commission does not in itself have any incentive purpose. This component is equivalent to the variable remuneration.

With particular reference to the remuneration of the employee with mixed contract (so-called Global Advisor)8 , in the capacity of part-time employee, this consists of both a fixed and a variable portion and, in the capacity of freelancer, of both a recurring and non-recurring component.

Transp. Prov.

8 This means a way to carry out the working activity introduced by Intesa Sanpaolo Group that allows the same person to activate, at the same time, a part-time employment contract and a free-lance employment contract as a financial advisor to carry out the "out-ofbranch offering", separately, concurrently and in parallel with respect to the employment agreement.

This mixed employment agreement is envisaged for the personnel belonging to the Network of the Banca dei Territori Division and the Private Banking Division.

4.3.1 Fixed and/or recurring remuneration

Fixed remuneration

The fixed component is the component of the remuneration that is stable and irrevocable in nature and determined on the basis of pre-established and non-discretionary criteria such as: the contractual framework, the role held, the responsibilities assigned, the particular experience and the expertise acquired by the employee.

The following are considered fixed components of remuneration:

  • the gross annual remuneration which reflects the level of professional experience and seniority of the personnel;
  • the allowances assigned in a non-discretionary manner and not tied to any kind of performance indicator. This type of fixed remuneration is assigned to the following categories of personnel:
    • o Risk Takers (within Italy and some foreign countries9 ) and Middle Managers (within Italy and some foreign countries10) belonging to the Company Control Functions11 and to similar roles (see below) and Risk Takers of the Group Human Resources Function (Italian perimeter);
    • o heads of commercial roles of the physical and digital distribution network within the scope of the Banca dei Territori Division, due to the role held;
    • o specific categories of personnel having a commercial role in the Reyl Group operating primarily in the Private Banking segment;
    • o expatriate personnel in order to cover for any differences in cost, quality of life and/or remuneration levels of the target reference market;
  • allowances and/or compensation deriving from offices held in corporate bodies, provided that these are not reversed to the companies to which they belong;
  • any benefits designed to increase employee motivation and loyalty of the resources and assigned on a non-discretionary basis. These may be of a contractual nature (e.g., supplementary pension, health benefits, etc.) or the result of remuneration policy decisions (e.g., company car) and, therefore, have different treatment with respect to different categories of personnel.

As regards the allowances envisaged for Risk Takers and Middle Managers belonging to the Company Control Functions (i.e. Compliance12, Risk Management, Audit as well as Anti-Money Laundering and Validation), the rationale behind their introduction lies in the need to ensure that this role is provided with an adequate level in terms of total remuneration with respect to the responsibilities managed, against a limit to the ratio between variable remuneration and fixed remuneration set by the Bank of Italy13 at 33%, a limit which is not found in similar regulations issued by other European Union countries14 .

Concerning the definition of the amount, the Group Global Banding System graduates the overall remuneration levels by diversifying by title the amount of the allowances to acknowledge the complexity of the responsibilities managed, based on the weight of the role determined with the Mercer International Position Evaluation (IPE).

Such allowances are also paid to the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports and to the Risk Takers of the Human Resources Function of the Group (Italian perimeter), in order to ensure an adequate level in terms of overall remuneration taking into account the application of a ratio between variable and fixed remuneration limited to 60%, in compliance with the Supervisory Provisions on remuneration which require a limited variable component.

9 Slovakia, Croatia, Hungary and Luxembourg.

10 Switzerland, Serbia, New York, Egypt and China.

11 With reference to the insurance sector, the scope of the Company Control Functions coincides with the Key Function Holders. 12 Based on the Group model, the Data Protection Officer (DPO) is identified within the compliance function. If a legal entity of the

Group adopts a different organisational positioning, such role is equated to the local compliance function for the purposes of the application of the Remuneration Policies.

13 Bank of Italy Circular 285/2013.

14 Unlike what occurs in Italy and in some specific foreign countries, the application of the 33% limit to the ratio between variable and fixed remuneration to personnel belonging to the Company Control Functions operating in international subsidiary banks of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group does not usually represent a critical issue with respect to the safeguarding of adequate levels of total remuneration of such personnel. Consequently, it is not deemed necessary to introduce the allowance in other foreign countries. The Group constantly monitors the situation in the various countries in which it operates and updates the Remuneration Policies accordingly.

In addition, the Intesa Sanpaolo Group adds to the express requirements of the Supervisory Provisions on remuneration by treating on a par with the Company Control Functions the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports and the Head of the Administrative Governance and Group Controls structure, in recognition of their compliance monitoring role.

As regards the heads of physical and digital distribution Network commercial roles, their allowance is defined in order to allow the provision of adequate remuneration commensurate with the responsibilities attributed to them under the current service model of the Banca dei Territori Division, while maintaining the remuneration flexibility which has become necessary in view of the turnover rates of the employees called upon to hold these roles.

With regard to the allowances paid to specific categories of personnel with a commercial role in the Reyl Group, these are aimed at ensuring an adequate level of overall remuneration reflecting their responsibilities, considering that the Reyl Group operates in a market with high competitive pressure where, since local regulations do not set a cap on variable remuneration, the main competitors offer significantly higher variable remuneration than that provided by regulations applicable to Intesa Sanpaolo and its subsidiaries.

Lastly, the allowances paid to expatriate personnel are aimed at ensuring the equity of the net remuneration treatment between the amount received in the country of origin and in the target country, so as to cover for any differences in cost, quality of life and/or remuneration levels of the target reference market.

Recurring remuneration

For Non-employee Financial Advisors and Financial Agents, the "recurring" component consists of commissions which represent the stable and ordinary portion of remuneration.

  • In particular, for Non-employee Financial Advisors, the commissions that have a "recurring" nature allow to:
  • remunerate the Non-employee Financial Advisors for placement, customer assistance and management;
  • refund the expenses incurred individually to perform their activity, including the fulfilment of the contribution obligations required by law.

With specific reference to Non-employee Financial Advisors with an accessory contract (i.e. Advisors with the responsibility of commercial coordination and supervision of specific activities and/or groups of Nonemployee Financial Advisors), the "recurring" remuneration consists of:

  • supervision commissions (so-called "maintenance over") for the activity of coordination and supervision of a group of Non-employee Financial Advisors who operate in the related area;
  • development commissions (so-called "development over") for the development and growth of the group of Financial Advisors.

Finally, as regards the Financial Agents in Prestitalia, the recurring remuneration is differentiated by macrocategory of products.

With reference to the products provided by Prestitalia (e.g. Salary-Backed Loans), the recurring remuneration is divided into 3 components:

  • ordinary commissions that include i) the "interest delta" commissions calculated on a portion of the overall interest on the loan and ii) a minimum guaranteed component calculated on the amount of each loan;
  • recurring commissions ("management fees") linked to the maintenance of the existing portfolio;
  • supplementary commissions by production bands determined on the basis of the production volumes developed by the agent.

In addition, in order to support initial investment to newly activated agents, entry commissions may be provided in lieu of supplementary commissions by production bands.

On the other hand, with regard to products offered under the distribution agreement with Intesa Sanpaolo (e.g. banking products and services), recurring remuneration is determined by product type as a percentage of the fees paid by Intesa Sanpaolo to Prestitalia for the promotion and placement activities governed by the agreement.

In addition, with reference to Financial Agents with an accessory contract (so-called Team Leaders), the recurring remuneration also consists of a fixed monthly coordination fee for the performance of the task of

supervising the commercial activity, as well as supervision commissions calculated on the basis of the commissions generated by the agents they supervise.

Focus: Fixed and recurring remuneration of Global Advisors

The "fixed" remuneration of the Global Advisors is represented by the portion of the gross annual remuneration received as a part-time employee. Instead the "recurring" remuneration consists of the commissions of a more stable and ordinary nature.

4.3.2 Variable and/or non-recurring remuneration

Variable remuneration

The variable component of remuneration is linked to the employee's performance and aligned to the results actually achieved and the risks prudentially taken, and consists of:

  • short-term variable component paid through:
    • o the annual Incentive Systems (see paragraph 4.5);
    • o the Broad-based Short-Term Plan PVR (see paragraph 4.7);
  • long-term variable component paid through:
    • o the Performance Share Plan addressed to the Management of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group, including the Top and other Risk Takers of the Group – Italy and foreign perimeter (see paragraph 4.8.1);
    • o the LECOIP 3.0 Plan addressed to Professionals of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group Italy perimeter (see paragraph 4.8.2);
    • o any other long-term incentive plans (e.g. Long-term incentive plans for the personnel of the "Investments" chain operating in asset management companies that manage AIFs, Loyalty Plan for the employees of the Private Banking Network – see focus in paragraph 4.8.4);
  • the Carried Interests, i.e. the share in the profits of the Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities (UCITS) or Alternative Investments Funds (AIF) received by personnel as compensation for the management of the UCITS or AIF15;
  • any variable short- and long-term components, tied to the period of employment in the company (stability, non-competition, one-off retention agreements, Project Bonus) or extraordinary agreements (entry bonus, buy-out);
  • any discretionary benefits.

The distinction of the variable remuneration component into a short-term portion and a long-term portion encourages the attraction and retention of staff, allowing the performance to be directed on a more than annual accrual period and the medium/long-term results deriving from the implementation of the Business Plan to be shared.

Focus: Carried Interest

With reference to the personnel of the "Investments" area of the asset management companies that manage AIFs, Carried Interest is envisaged, providing the use of equity instruments with strengthened rights, i.e. that imply a participation in the profits that is proportionally greater than that of the other investors. This instrument aims to strengthen the alignment of the management's interest with the interest of shareholders and investors.

Consequently, Carried Interest is subject to the achievement of a minimum return and it is postponed. In line with market best practices, Carried Interest is awarded:

  • upon exceeding a certain minimum return threshold (hurdle rate);
  • according to the European Waterfall model ("on a whole-fund basis"), i.e. calculated and paid only at the end of the entire investment's life.

It should be noted that, for the aforementioned personnel, in line with the provisions of the Bank of Italy Regulation implementing Articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, letters b) and c-bis) of the

15 However, the portion of pro rata profit assigned to personnel by virtue of any investments made by them in the UCITS or AIF, provided that they are proportional to the actual percentage of participation in the UCITS or AIF and not exceeding the return recognised to the other investors does not constitute remuneration. For a proper implementation of the regulation, managers must therefore be able to clearly identify the portions of profit which exceed the pro rata profit of the investments and that qualify as carried interest.

Focus: Carried Interest

Consolidated Law on Finance as last amended16, Carried Interest is not included in the ratio between the variable and fixed components of remuneration. Moreover, in accordance with the "Guidelines on sound remuneration policies under the AIFMD" issued by ESMA17, Carried Interest may be paid cash upfront since, taking into account the remuneration conditions set out above, the requirements on risk alignment of variable remuneration, award process and pay-out process18 (including, inter alia, those concerning deferral, payment in instruments, ex-post correction mechanisms) are deemed to be met.

At the date of approval of this document by the Board of Directors, the Group's asset management companies that manage AIFs do not yet use such a remuneration tool for their personnel.

Focus: Guaranteed bonuses

NO granting of guaranteed bonuses is provided.

Focus: Entry Bonus and Buy-out

To encourage the attraction of new personnel, it is possible to offer:

  • an entry bonus to be paid upon hiring, without prejudice to the accurate assessment and analysis of market practices. According to the Supervisory Provisions, this type of bonus is not subject to any of the requirements applicable to variable remuneration, including those on variable remuneration cap and pay-out schemes, if it is paid in a single instalment (welcome bonus). It should be noted that, in any case, this form of variable remuneration can be paid only once to any one staff member at Group level;
  • a bonus as indemnification for the deferred variable remuneration reduced or cancelled by the previous employer due to termination of the contract. This type of bonus (buy-out) cannot, however, compensate new personnel for reductions or cancellations of remuneration due to malus or clawback mechanisms and is in any case subject to all the rules governing variable compensation, including those on variable remuneration cap and pay-out schemes.

Focus: One-off retention

Any retention bonuses tied to the period of employment of the personnel:

  • are paid for a certain period of time or until a given event;
  • are awarded not before the end of this period or upon the occurrence of the event;
  • contribute to the calculation of the cap between the variable and fixed component of remuneration;
  • are subject to the payment methods of the variable remuneration and both ex ante and ex post correction mechanisms.

It is understood that the award of the retention bonus cannot lead to a situation in which the total variable remuneration is no longer linked to the performance of the individual, the single business unit, as well as the Company and the Group.

Furthermore, multiple retention bonuses (for example, an individual retention bonus and another one deriving from a collective plan) may be awarded to the same staff member in exceptional and suitably justified cases, providing that the payment of the retention bonuses takes place at different times and provided that there are specific reasons for the award of each of them.

Among retention bonuses, Intesa Sanpaolo – in line with the industry practises – envisages a minimum duration agreement (or stability agreement), i.e. an agreement with which the beneficiary undertakes not to exercise the right to withdraw from the employment agreement for the duration of the Agreement,

16 In particular by the Measure of 23 December 2022 amending the Bank of Italy Regulation of 5 December 2019.

17ESMA, Guidelines on sound remuneration policies under the AIFMD, paragraph XII.V.

18 In the ESMA Guidelines, it is clarified that the provisions on, inter alia, deferral and payment in instruments, malus and claw-back are deemed to be met when: "a) an AIFM must first return all capital contributed by the investors of the AIF it manages and an amount of profits at a previously agreed hurdle rate (if any) to the investors of the AIF, before the identified staff of the AIFM may receive any variable compensation for the management of the relevant AIF; and b) the compensation received by the identified staff of the AIFM is subject to clawbacks until the liquidation of the relevant AIF".

Focus: One-off retention

against a payment made at the end of such period, and which provides a penalty in case of breach of the commitment.

Focus: Discretionary pension benefits

Should discretionary pension benefits – which are currently NOT envisaged – be introduced, these will be assigned to beneficiaries in accordance with the applicable regulations, according to which they are similar to variable remuneration, and, therefore:

  • in the case of resources who are not entitled to receive a pension, they shall be invested in Intesa Sanpaolo shares or other related instruments, held in custody by the bank for a period of at least five years and subject to ex-post adjustment mechanisms related to the Group's performance net of risk;
  • in the case of resources entitled to a pension, they shall be paid to the employee in Intesa Sanpaolo shares or other related instruments and they shall be subject to a retention period of five years;
  • they contribute to the calculation of the cap between the variable and fixed component of remuneration.

Non-recurring remuneration Transp. Prov.

For Non-employee Financial Advisors, the "non-recurring" component is represented by the commissions paid as annual incentives, with the aim of guiding the sales activity to reach specific targets, taking into account both the long-term company strategies and objectives of the Networks they belong to and the correctness of customer relations.

Moreover:

  • a 2022-2025 Long-term Incentive Plan is envisaged for around 5,000 Non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks (see paragraph 4.8.3);
  • for new Non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest, IWPI and Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking (ISPB) Networks, a specific non-recurring component is envisaged as part of the recruitment offer (see the following Focus);
  • for the non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks, the Fidelity Plan and the Fidelity Bonus are in place, which are reserved for the Financial Advisors with an accessory contract and those without accessory contract, respectively (see Focus below).

Finally, any short- and long-term components, tied to the period of employment in the company (stability, non-competition, one-off retention agreements) or extraordinary agreements (entry bonus, buy-out) also constitute non-recurring remuneration.

Focus: Recruitment offer for Non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest, IWPI and Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking (ISPB)Networks

The recruitment of new Financial Advisors has always been one of the pillars of the growth and development of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest, IWPI and Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking Networks.

Therefore, in accordance with the Supervisory Provisions, in order to attract the best talents, an attractive and market-competitive recruitment offer is provided for.

This offer can have a differentiated duration (i.e. between 24-42 months) and provides for:

  • a recurring component that remunerates the Financial Advisor for the acquisition and management of the assets actually transferred to the Company;
  • a non-recurring component which represents an additional remuneration aimed at rewarding the effort to acquire assets by Non-employee Financial Advisors and necessary to attract them and remunerate the entrepreneurial risk.

The recurring remuneration component consists of monthly or quarterly amounts determined as a rule by portfolio range, in the first quarter according to the commercial potential of the Financial Advisor recruited and subsequently to the Net Inflows actually achieved in the previous quarter.

It is specified that this remuneration is considered recurring as it represents the ordinary remuneration for the new Non-employee Financial Advisors, which is not subject to revocation, is not determined on a discretionary basis and has no incentive value.

Focus: Recruitment offer for Non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest, IWPI and Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking (ISPB)Networks

With reference to the non-recurring component, the offer provides for the accrual of annual bonus instalments based on the Net Inflows recorded at the end of each year with the application of different rates by type of Inflow (i.e. Managed and Unmanaged Net Inflows). The annual bonus instalments recognized in the years following the first one are determined on the basis of the accumulated Net Inflows, or taking into account what has already been transferred in previous years and, therefore, are determined net of any amounts already recognized.

In light of the above, with regard to the payment methods, a "disbursement limit" of 350,000 euro was introduced for the intermediate bonus instalments, also in order to mitigate the risk of recognizing significant amounts before the effective consolidation of the Net Inflows transferred.

These intermediate instalments, in compliance with the aforementioned "disbursement limit" and the cap on non-recurring remuneration (see paragraph 4.2), are paid entirely in cash according to specific payment schemes. In particular, in the event that the amount:

  • is equal to or lower than the "materiality threshold" defined in these Policies (see paragraph 4.6), the intermediate portion will be paid entirely upfront;
  • is higher than the "materiality threshold"19 but lower than 100% of the recurring remuneration, the intermediate portion will be paid 60% up-front and 40% over a deferral period of 2 years;
  • is higher than the "materiality threshold" and 100% of the recurring remuneration, the intermediate portion will be paid 50% up-front and 50% over a deferral period of 2 years.

The last portion of the Bonus, recognized at the end of the duration of the recruitment offer according to the accumulated Net Inflows from the insertion until the end of the offer itself, will be paid:

  • in the event of amounts lower than 350,000 euro, entirely in cash according to the aforementioned payment schedules defined for the intermediate instalments;
  • in the event of amounts exceeding 350,000 euro, in line with the payment schemes envisaged in the Remuneration and Incentive Policies in force at the time.

In line with the provisions of these Policies, it should be noted that all Bonus instalments are in any case subject to verification of the gateway conditions, the compliance gate20, individual access conditions and malus conditions.

Lastly, the Bonus instalments are subject to possible partial or total recoveries vis-à-vis the performance be maintained during the control period, which is 2 years after the performance measurement period.

Focus: Fidelity Plan reserved for non-employee Financial Advisors with accessory contract and Fidelity Bonus reserved for the non-employee Financial Advisors without accessory contract

The Fidelity Plan, reserved for the Financial Advisors with accessory contract, and the Fidelity Bonus, for the Financial Advisors without accessory contract, consist of an annual provision based on the performance achieved and are paid following the termination of the agency contract with the Company due to retirement or the termination of the activity of financial promotion (except in cases of just cause invoked by the Bank).

Focus: Variable and non-recurring remuneration of Global Advisors

As for the variable remuneration of Global Advisors, this consists of the portion of Broad-based Short-Term Plan (see paragraph 4.4.7) allocated for a part-time employee working in the Branches of the Banca dei Territori network. Non-recurring remuneration, on the other hand, is represented by welcome commissions (provided only for the first year after entry), reward for behaviour and reward for sales (provided from the second year after entry). Furthermore, non-recurring components of remuneration include an Incentive System to support the growth of assets under management in the Banca dei Territori network, which includes both economic-financial KPIs represented by the increase in assets under management and non-financial KPIs that include measures that steer behaviour toward

19 With specific reference to ISPB, in the event that the amount is higher than the "materiality threshold", the intermediate instalment will be paid a third up-front and two thirds over a deferral period of 2 years.

20 That is the indicators for monitoring the quality of the relationship with customers in the field of MiFID and Anti-Money Laundering, as set out in the documents governing their operations. In detail, failure to reach the minimum thresholds defined for each of the indicators precludes the payment of the Bonus instalments.

4.4.2 R . 2 7

Focus: Variable and non-recurring remuneration of Global Advisors

compliance with the principles of fairness in customer relations, reduction of operational risks and participation in specific training courses.

Finally, it should be noted that all the non-recurring components of remuneration are in any case subject to the occurrence of the gateway conditions, the achievement of compliance KPIs, of the mandatory training attendance levels, and of the individual access conditions and malus conditions (in case of deferral).

Finally, as regards the Financial Agents with an accessory contract (the so-called Team Leaders) of Prestitalia, the non-recurring remuneration consists of the coordination quality bonus envisaged in order to incentivize the coordination and supervision activity of the group of Agents who operate in the area of competence21 .

4.4 The remuneration pay mix

4.4.1 General criteria

The term "pay mix" refers to the weight of the fixed (or recurring) and variable (or non-recurring) components expressed as a percentage of total remuneration, as described above.

In accordance with the regulatory guidelines, the Intesa Sanpaolo Group traditionally adopts a pay mix that is appropriately balanced, in order to:

• allow flexible management of labour costs, as the variable portion may significantly decline, even down to zero, depending on the performance actually achieved during the year in question or when the Group was not able to maintain or restore a solid capital base;

discourage behaviour focused on the achievement of short-term results, particularly if these involve taking on greater risk.

4.4.2 Ratio between variable remuneration and fixed remuneration

To achieve the above objectives, it is standard Group practice to establish ex-ante balanced ceilings on variable remuneration for all clusters of Group personnel, by setting specific caps on bonuses in the event of any over-performance.

This cap to the variable remuneration was determined in general in 100% of the fixed remuneration with the exception:

  • of the roles belonging to the Company Control Functions, who are assigned a cap of 33% of the fixed remuneration;
  • of the roles similar to the Company Control Functions22 and of the roles belonging to the Group Human Resources Function, who are assigned a cap of 60% of the fixed remuneration.

Personnel for whom the variable-to-fixed remuneration cap increase up to 200% is required

As approved by the Shareholders' Meeting with a qualified majority, the variable remuneration cap set in the general criteria was increased up to 200%23 of the fixed remuneration for:

  • the Group Risk Takers, except for those belonging to the Company Control Functions and similar roles, the non-executive members of the Board of Directors of Intesa Sanpaolo and the Group Risk Takers operating in Slovakia, Slovenia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Moldova and Romania since the local regulations allow a maximum limit of 100%;
  • specific and limited professional categories and highly-profitable business segments; this increase was made in line with the principle of external competitiveness (the professional category of Private Banking, Investment Banking, Insurance and Private Banking investment managers, Treasury and Finance, sales supply chain of the Asset Management Division dedicated to the non-captive market, Heads managing and developing products of the Insurance Division, Heads of the structures of Institutional Clients, the Corporate Finance & Advisory structure, the Syndication & Risk Sharing structure, Global Relationship Managers of the Global Corporate and Institutional Clients structures, Heads of the Corporate and Financial Institutions Desks of certain branches (ex Hubs) of the IMI CIB

R. 27

Transp. Prov. R. 27

21 It should be noted that the bonus is subject to activation conditions being verified at Group level (please see par. 4.5.1) as well as no losses and positive Gross Income at Company level. .

22 The roles similar to the Company Control Functions are the Manager Responsible for the Company financial reports and the Head of the Administrative Governance and Controls Group structure.

23 In accordance with the right granted by CRD and the Bank of Italy.

International Network structure as well as Mortgage Specialists, Magnifica Relationship Managers and Premium Relationship Managers within the Všeobecná Úverová Banka (VUB) Network;

• Non-employee Financial Advisors who are made recruitment offers in order to attract key resources from the market to grow and develop the Networks as such advisors have a significant impact on the Group's total annual average net inflows.

The reasons for increasing the cap for the above-mentioned clusters and the related impacts on the Group's capital base remain unchanged with respect to the subject matter of previous shareholders' meeting resolutions.

The total number of Group resources to whom the cap increase is applied stands at approximately 4,242, of which 492 24 are Group Risk Takers25 .

Focus: Compliance with the prudential regulations (see paragraph 4.1)

The increase in the cap on the variable remuneration ensures, in any event, compliance with prudential regulations as:

  • it does not lead to a proportional increase in the resources allocated to the annual Incentive Systems, since the funding mechanism of these Systems:
    • o on the one hand, correlates, with a top-down approach, the resources allocated to the majority portion of the bonus pool ("gross income-based bonus pool") to a specific Group indicator, currently identified in the Gross Income; and
    • o on the other hand, it provides for the self-funding of a (lower) portion of the bonus pool through a percentage of the commission earned by the network employees in the context of the Wealth Management & Protection activities ("commission-based bonus pool") 26;
  • having checked the gateway conditions required by the Regulator and individual access conditions:

24 Figures updated as at 31 December 2024.

25 From the overall number of Group Risk Takers identified for 2024, the following are excluded: (i) the roles belonging to the Company Control Functions and similar roles; (ii) Risk Takers of the Human Resources Function of the Group who are not included in the former cluster; (iii) the non-executive members of the Board of Directors of Intesa Sanpaolo; (iv) the Risk Takers operating in Slovakia, Slovenia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Moldova and Romania since the regulations of those countries do not allow the cap to be raised beyond 100%.

26 It should be noted that this principle also applies to Non-employee Financial Advisors since, similar to the methods defined for the commission-based bonus pool at Group level, Financial Advisor Incentive Systems are self-funded through a percentage of the gross revenues of the Company to which they belong.

Focus: Compliance with the prudential regulations (see paragraph 4.1)

  • o the bonus allocation is precluded to at least 10% of the entire category of Group Risk Takers if the funding condition envisaged at Group level exceeds the Access Threshold but is below the set target;
  • o the incentive system is not activated for Group Top Risk Takers if the funding condition envisaged at Group level is below the Access Threshold;
  • o if the Access Threshold is not reached by the Group and/or the Division, the Incentive System precludes the payment of the bonus for certain clusters depending on the level reached of the Gross Income of the Group and the Division;
  • the strong correlation between bonus pay out and prudential requirements in terms of capital and liquidity is guaranteed at multiple levels through the links between the Incentive Systems and the Risk Appetite Framework (RAF) in terms of gateways, malus and target setting of the economicfinancial KPIs.

Personnel for whom the variable-to-fixed remuneration cap increase up to 400% is provided

With particular reference to the personnel of the "Investment" category of the Group's Asset Management Companies (SGR entities) that carry out their activities exclusively for the same Asset Management Company, since 2019, in compliance with the right granted by the Supervisory Provisions, the ratio between variable and fixed remuneration was increased to above 2:1 and up to a maximum of 4:1.

The resources of the Group's Asset Management Companies to which this ratio is applied are about 346, of which 4 Group Risk Takers and 32 subjects identified as key personnel for the individual Companies27 . It is also highlighted that this increase in the cap does not regard the Group Top Risk Taker of the Asset Management Division.

For this category of personnel, the application of such ratio up to a maximum of 4:1 is due to the need to foster international growth in Wealth Management and to attract and retain key resources both in foreign countries and in the Italian domestic market given, on the one hand, the absence of regulatory constraints on the cap and, on the other, the increase in competitive pressure.

The above-mentioned reasons and the related impacts on the Group's capital base remain unchanged with respect to those in 2019 which were the subject matter of a previous shareholders' meeting resolution.

27 Figures updated as at 31 December 2024.

P. XV R 27

Transp. Prov.

4.5 Annual Incentive Systems for Group personnel

The annual Incentive Systems adopted by the Intesa Sanpaolo Group are directed at reaching the medium and long-term objectives included in the Business Plan, taking into account the Group Risk Appetite and Risk Tolerance – as expressed in the RAF – and aim to encourage objectives of value creation for the current year, in a framework of sustainability, given that the bonuses paid are related to the financial resources available.

Reported below is a summary of the operating mechanisms and the main characteristics of the annual Incentive Systems. Further details are provided in the following paragraphs.

1For the sake of completeness, we also describe the Incentive Systems specific to the International Banks Network, which are managed locally with a bottom-up funding mechanism and are not funded from the Group bonus pool.

Focus: Integration of sustainability risks into the Group Incentive Systems (Regulation (EU) 2019/2088)

Intesa Sanpaolo Remuneration and Incentive Policies are also consistent with the provisions on the integration of sustainability risks pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 November 2019.

In particular, consistency is guaranteed at annual Incentive Systems level, on one hand, by attributing specific KPIs to all the management and distribution networks and, on the other hand, providing, for the Investment Management cluster, a corrective mechanism for the bonus linked to the activity performed in terms of sustainability risks management (see paragraph 4.5.4).

With reference to the specific KPIs, it should be noted that:

  • as part of the Incentive System for Risk Takers and Middle Managers of the Group, an "ESG" KPI has been confirmed among the strategic action objectives (see paragraph 4.5.3);
  • a KPI linked to customer profiling, within which the ESG preferences of customers are acquired, has been assigned to the Group distribution networks (i.e. Non-employee Financial Advisors and Private Banking Network) (see paragraph 4.5.4). Furthermore, a specific KPI, which constitutes a "gate", aimed at measuring the attendance of an ESG training course and passing of the relative final test has been assigned to Private Bankers of the Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking Italian Network.

4.5.1 Gateway conditions for annual Incentive Systems

All the annual Incentive Systems for the Group personnel are subject to the minimum gateway conditions requested by the Regulator and failure to achieve even only one of those conditions shall result in the nonactivation of the annual Incentive Systems for the Group personnel.

These conditions are based, on a priority basis, on the principles envisaged by the prudential regulations concerning capital strength and liquidity, represented by the consistency with the limits set as part of the R. 27

RAF, as well as the principles of financial sustainability of the variable component that consist in checking the availability of sufficient economic-financial resources to meet the expenditure requirement.

In the Intesa Sanpaolo Group these conditions are as follows:

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio «Hard» limit set by the
Capital Leverage Ratio Group RAF
strength
conditions
Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities
(MREL)
Early Warning set by the
Group RAF
Assessment of the results of the ICAAP and of the Recommendations on distributions by
competent authorities and European Supervisory Authorities
Liquidity
condition
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) «Hard» limit set by the
Group RAF
Sustainability
condition
No loss and positive Gross Income

In particular, the Gross Income (condition of sustainability) is measured net of:

  • profits from the buyback of the Bank's own liabilities;
  • fair value of the Bank's own liabilities;
  • income components arising from accounting policies following changes to the internal model on core deposits.
Focus: Gate set for the Top Risk Takers
Top Risk Takers are subject to a further gateway condition:

Please note that:

• for those Legal Entities which calculate their limits of capital strength (CET1 or Total Capital, Leverage ratio, MREL and the assessment of the results of the ICAAP for Banks, Solvency Ratio in the case of insurance companies, as well as the Regulatory Capital Requirements in the case of Asset Management Companies) and liquidity (NSFR for Banks), failure to respect these limits constitutes a non-activation condition for all the Incentive Systems addressed to the resources operating in the Legal Entity, also when those of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group and of the Sub-holding (if any) may be positively met.

Furthermore, in line with the provisions at Intesa Sanpaolo Group level, an additional gateway condition linked to LCR at least equal to the limit set out in the Sub-holding/Legal Entity RAF is applied to Top Risk Takers of Sub-holdings and of the significant banking Legal Entities;

• if sustainability conditions (i.e. no loss and positive Gross Income) at the level of individual Bank are not met, the Head of the Bank and any Risk Takers identified therein shall be excluded from the annual Incentive System, and the economic resources intended to finance the bonus pool of that Bank shall be reduced.

4.5.2 Group Bonus Funding

Calculating the Group bonus pool

All annual Incentive Systems for Group personnel are financed by a structured bonus pool mechanism that ensures their financial sustainability.

Specifically, the Group bonus pool consists of the following two portions:

R. 27

  • a larger portion correlated with the performance of a Group economic indicator consisting of the Group's Gross Income28, intended to finance most of the Group's annual Incentive Systems and the PVR (so-called "gross income-based bonus pool");
  • a (smaller) portion that is self-funded, in that the amount is determined as a percentage of the commission earned by the network employees in the context of the Wealth Management & Protection activities (so-called "commission-based bonus pool"). This portion is intended to finance only those deterministic Incentive Systems based on targets that, for at least a significant part, are related – directly or indirectly – to the generation of commissions.

Focus: Gross income-based bonus pool

The gross income-based bonus pool funding at Group level is defined with a top-down approach and determined according to the level of Gross Income.

Specifically, the portion of Gross Income allocated to fund the Group gross income-based target bonus pool is determined in advance, on an annual basis, according to a historical analysis and budget forecasts as well as to the target pay-out ratio set for dividend distribution.

Sizing mechanism

Once the gateway conditions required by the Regulator are verified, the gross income-based bonus pool increases progressively starting from when it exceeds the Access Threshold (i.e. the minimum Gross Income target which, though lower than the budget, is deemed acceptable) up to a predefined cap.

In contrast, having verified the conditions of capital strength and liquidity, failure to reach the Access Threshold implies a significant reduction in the resources to service the annual Incentive Systems in both absolute and relative terms and determines the payment of the bonuses accrued only to certain clusters of personnel.

In particular, in the case of:

  • A positive Gross Income, though lower than the Access Threshold, a portion of the gross income-based bonus pool called "Buffer 1" is made available, but the payment of bonuses to the Group Top Risk Takers is in any case precluded, regardless of their performance evaluation;
  • A negative Gross Income, a portion of the gross income-based bonus pool called "Buffer 2" of a significantly smaller size than "Buffer 1" is made available, but the payment of the bonuses is precluded – other than to the Group Top Risk Takers – also to the other Risk Takers and Middle Managers (i.e. only the bonuses of the Professional best performers are paid).

Configuration by Division / Governance Area

The Group gross income-based bonus pool is allocated, firstly ex ante, to the various Incentive Systems funded by the Group and, in the case of Incentive Systems that involve cross-cutting clusters (e.g. the annual Incentive System for the Risk Takers and Middle Managers), it is subsequently configured at individual Division/Governance Area level.

In line with the principle of financial sustainability, the actual (ex post) figure of the gross income-based bonus pool initially attributed to each Division is "modulated" depending on the level of the Gross Income reached by each Division.

This implies that only the Divisions which exceed their Access Threshold receive the full gross incomebased pool attributed at the beginning of the year (once the Group Gate is activated); whereas, the portion of gross income-based bonus pool of the Division that does not exceed the Access Threshold may be reallocated among the other Divisions / Governance Areas that have exceeded their Threshold29 ("additional" gross income-based bonus pool).

Finally, there are limits to the clusters eligible for the annual Incentive Systems in particular cases where, having successfully verified the capital strength and liquidity conditions referred to in the previous paragraph, the Division's Gross Income does not exceed the Access Threshold. In particular, similarly to what happens at Group level, in the case where:

28 i.e. Intesa Sanpaolo's Gross Income at the level of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

29 For the Governance Areas, the Access Threshold coincides with that of the Group.

Focus: Gross income-based bonus pool

  • the Group Gross Income exceeds the Access Threshold and:
    • o at Division level, the Gross Income is positive though lower than the Threshold, the payment of the bonus is precluded to the Group Top Risk Taker of the Division regardless of the performance evaluation achieved;
    • o at Division level, the Gross Income is negative, the payment of the bonus is precluded – other than to the Group Top Risk Taker – also to other Group Risk Takers, Risk Takers of Sub-consolidating Groups and of Legal Entity, as well as Middle Managers of the Division;
  • the Group Gross Income is positive though lower than the Access Threshold ("Buffer 1"), and, at Division level, the Gross Income is positive though lower than the Threshold, the payment of the bonuses is precluded to Group Risk Takers, Risk Takers of Sub-consolidating Groups and of the Legal Entity (including Top ones), as well as Middle Managers of the Division (i.e. only the Professional best performers are eligible).

In the remaining cases: (i) the Group Gross Income is positive though lower than the Access Threshold and the Gross Income of the Division is negative; (ii) the Group Gross Income is negative and the Gross Income of the Division is lower than the Threshold, the Incentive Systems are not activated for any of the clusters of personnel.

Below is a summary representation of the clusters of personnel eligible for the Incentive Systems according to results of the Group and the Division.

Focus: Commission-based bonus pool

The funding of the commission-based bonus pool at the Group level is defined using a bottom-up approach and the amount of the bonus pool allocated to fund each of the deterministic Incentive Systems – which are based on Performance Scorecards and involve a mathematical link between score and bonus or a direct correlation between business results and bonus – is determined according to the commissions generated by the specific sales network.

The amount can be determined, depending on the characteristics of the business model adopted, according to two different criteria. In detail, where the business model envisages the organisation of the network into branches/teams, the amount is calculated overall at network/segment level and the

percentage of commissions allocated to finance the System is defined according to the achievement of the budget target of commissions at the network/segment level and increases progressively once the threshold level is exceeded (i.e. the minimum target of commissions that, although lower than the budget, is deemed acceptable) up to a predefined cap. Conversely, in cases where the network is not organised into branches/teams, the bonus is financed individually based on a specific formula.

Focus: Funding of the Incentive Systems of Non-employee Financial Advisors and Agents

The Incentive Systems of Financial Advisors and Agents are not financed by the Group bonus pool as these are not employees but rather freelance professionals with agency contracts30. These Systems, similarly to the mechanisms defined for the commission-based bonus pool at the Group level, are selffinancing in that the non-recurring remuneration of these categories of personnel is represented by commissions defined as a percentage of gross revenues earned by the Company to which they belong.

Bonus pool correction mechanism for risks

The above two portions of the Group bonus pool (i.e., gross income-based bonus pool and commissionbased bonus pool) – determined according to the rules described in the previous paragraph – are subject to the application of ex-ante risk correction mechanisms.

In particular, in order to strengthen the alignment of the Incentive Systems with the Group Risk Tolerance, a corrective mechanism is in place, linked to non-financial risks (i.e. Risk related to Operational Losses and Integrated Risk Assessment) defined in the RAF at the Group and/or Division level.

Focus: Corrective mechanism for non-financial risks

The bonus pool correction mechanism for non-financial risks envisages:

  • with reference to the risk related to Operational Losses, both at Group and Division level, a 10% reduction where the "hard" limit set in the RAF is exceeded;
  • with reference to the Integrated Risk Assessment, calculated both at Group and Division level, different reductions depending on the level of residual risk allocated (i.e. 10% reduction in case of residual risk equivalent to level 4 or 5% reduction in case of residual risk equivalent to level 3).

With reference to the gross income-based bonus pool, the correction mechanism is applied:

  • at the Group level i.e. in case of non-compliance with the limits to non-financial risks defined for the Group, a reduction of up to 20% of the total amount accrued is applied depending on the level of achievement of the Group's Gross Income compared to what was budgeted;
  • at the Division level i.e. in case of non-compliance with the limits to non-financial risks defined for each Division, a reduction of up to 20% of the bonus pool allocated to the Division is applied.

The commission-based bonus pool, on the other hand, is subject to the application of this mechanism only at the Division level considering that, as described above, the amounts allocated to finance Incentive Systems are directly linked to the commissions generated by each sales network. Therefore, in case of non-compliance with the limits to non-financial risks defined for each Division, a reduction of up to 20% is applied to the amount allocated to finance the Incentive System of the sales network belonging to the same Division.

Moreover, in order to strengthen the link with the metrics of Pillar 2, a corrective mechanism was introduced according to the degree of deviation from the Economic EVA (Economic Value Added) target defined at the Division level.

Focus: Corrective mechanism linked to Economic EVA

The corrective mechanism linked to the Economic EVA target operates at the Division level as a demultiplier of the bonus pool if the target is exceeded beyond a certain tolerance level. In particular, a reduction of 10% of the bonus pool is provided in case of failure to achieve 90% of the Economic EVA target assigned at budget level to the Division.

30 It should be noted that Incentive Systems intended for personnel belonging to the Network of the Banca dei Territori Division and the Private Banking Division are included when they work in self-employed mode (i.e. financial advisor to carry out "out-of-branch offering").

Focus: Corrective mechanism linked to Economic EVA

The aforementioned mechanism, with reference to the gross income-based bonus pool, is applied to the portion allocated at the Division level; while with regard to the commission-based bonus pool, the mechanism is applied to the amount allocated to finance the sales network Incentive System for the Division that did not meet the target set31 .

Focus: Corrective mechanisms for the bonus pool of the Incentive Systems for Non-employee Financial Advisors and Agents

The bonus pool of the Incentive Systems for Financial Advisors and Financial Agents is subject to the application of the correction mechanism for non-financial risks (i.e., Operational Losses, Integrated Risk Assessment) at the Division level. Therefore, in case of non-compliance with the limits to non-financial risks defined for the Division to which they belong, the bonus pool allocated to finance the System is reduced with regard to Agents by up to 20% while for Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks it may be reduced to zero.

Moreover, with reference to the Incentive Systems of Non-employee Financial Advisors and Agents operating in the Private Banking Division, in view of the direct link between the activity they perform and the determinants of Economic EVA, the correction mechanism linked to the target of this indicator is applied to the bonus pool. In particular, a reduction of 10% of the bonus pool is provided in case of failure to achieve 90% of the Economic EVA target assigned at budget level to the Division.

4.5.3 The annual Incentive System for Risk Takers and Middle Managers

The Incentive System for the Risk Takers and Middle Managers aims to guide the behaviour and managerial actions towards reaching the objectives set in the Business Plan and reward the best annual performance assessed with a view to optimise the risk/return ratio.

This System is formalised through Performance Scorecards which:

  • for Risk Takers and Middle Managers with the title of Senior Director in the Business and Governance Functions and in the Company Control Functions as well as those with the title of Head of32 limited to the Business Functions, are managed through the Managers' Performance Accountability (MAP) system;
  • for Middle Managers with the title of Head of in the Governance and Control Functions33, are managed through the aHead system.

The Performance Scorecards of Risk Takers and Middle Managers (the Senior Directors in all the Functions and the Heads of in the Business Functions) include both KPIs of an economic-financial nature and non-financial KPIs.

Financial and non-financial - quantitative KPIs
clustered within 4 drivers in line with the Business Plan
Growth Expressed according to a risk/return approach through:
· direct correlation between each objective (and the related target) with risks
Profitability taken
· balance among the different objectives
KPIs Productivity Not directly related to risks but somehow linked to the sustainability of results
over time
Cost of
Risk/Sustainability
Aimed expressly at reduction and/or mitigation of risks as defined by the RAF
Non-financial - qualitative KPIs
· expressed as strategic actions or projects that represent the enabling factors for the achievement
of financial KPIs or that contribute to the achievement of the Business Plan objectives
promote or encourage virtuous behaviour (good conduct) especially in reference to those
businesses and areas that require a direct customer relationship

31 This mechanism is not applied to the commission-based bonus pool allocated to finance the PVR Excellence Bonus allocated to the Banca dei Territori network.

P. XV R. 27

32 Including the Head of some Group functional areas.

33 Including Managers with similar roles to the Head Of.

Identification of KPIs, on which incentives granting is based, is carried out by the competent functions, considering the most significant economic and financial indicators for achievement of the budget objectives, periodically monitored through internal reporting tools and available at the consolidated level, as well as at division and/or business unit level.

The process used to identify the above-mentioned KPIs involves Chief Risk Officer and Chief Compliance Officer Governance Areas, in order to ensure respectively the consistency of the KPIs with the Group's RAF as well as their compliance with the regulatory provisions in force from time to time.

This allows the selection of a complex mix of qualitative and quantitative parameters – anyway transparent, objective and measurable – allowing a 360-degree evaluation of company's performance in terms of profitability and risks prudently taken.

Focus: Examples of qualitative and quantitative KPIs contained in the Performance Scorecards for Risk Takers and Middle Managers (the Senior Directors in all the Functions and the Heads of in the Business Functions)

Financial and non-financial KPIs - quantitative
KPIs Growth Net Inflows, Medium/long-term Loans + New purchases of tax assets, Non-
life Insurance Operating Margin
Profitability Operating Income/Average RWA, Revenues/Assets, Total Insurance
Operating Margin/Mathematical Reserves
Productivity Cost/Income, Operating Costs reduction, Full Combined Ratio
Cost of
Risk/Sustainability
Gross NPL ratio, Concentration Risk, Gross flows from performing to NPE,
Operational Losses/Operating Income, Maximization of target levels of LCR,
Reduction of health and safety at work risk factors, Operational Losses for
ICT and Cyber Risks
Non-financial-qualitative KPIs
Managerial
Qualities
Risk Culture - Promoting awareness regarding "emerging" risks (for the
Company Control Functions)
Strategic
Actions/Projects
ESG, Growth in Wealth Management & Protection, Group Synergies and
International business Development, Transformation,

The Performance Scorecards for all Risk Takers and Middle Managers (the Senior Directors in all Functions and the Heads of in the Business Functions) have a three-fold structure:

  • Group section, containing at least one quantitative KPI measured on the Group scope and common to all the Scorecards, except those intended to the Company Control Functions and similar roles. For 2025, in line with previous financial years, the Net Income was assigned as Group KPI. Moreover, in the Group Governance Areas, for the Risk Takers and those reporting directly to the Chief, the objective to minimise the Group's Cost/Income Ratio was also provided;
  • Structure section, containing financial and non-quantitative KPIs that are consistent with the strategic drivers of the Group and the levers used by the Risk Taker/Middle Managers. The reporting boundary is the Division/Governance Area or, in any case, the area of responsibility;
  • Non-financial - qualitative section, containing KPIs relating to the taking of actions envisaged by the Business Plan or the measurement of managerial skills (possibly also individual), whose reporting is usually objectified by identifying drivers defined ex-ante which guide the ex-post assessment and/or subject to evaluation by the Head. For 2025, in continuity with previous financial years, the Group cross-functional KPI "Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)" was assigned, identified among the strategic actions. Furthermore, for the Company Control Functions, for 2025, in keeping with 2018, a cross-functional KPI was confirmed that lies within the objective of "Risk Culture – Promoting awareness at all levels of the organisation regarding emerging risks, with a particular focus on the risks related to climate change and technological innovation, by means of educational, awarenessraising and training initiatives".

Focus: Group cross-functional KPI "ESG"

The Intesa Sanpaolo Group is aware of having a significant impact on the social and environmental context in which it carries out its business, choosing to act not only on the basis of profit, but also with the aim of creating long-term value for the Bank, its people, its customers, the community and the environment.

Intesa Sanpaolo aims to be a responsible financial intermediary that generates collective value, aware that innovation, development of new products and services and corporate responsibility can contribute to reducing the impact on society of phenomena such as climate change and social inequalities.

Furthermore, environmental, social and governance factors are issues of increasing interest to Regulators, as well as to the Group's Proxies, Shareholders and Stakeholders.

In light of the foregoing, in line with the commitment to strengthening its leadership in social, cultural and environmental sustainability and consistently with the 2022-2025 Business Plan, as well as in line with the provisions of Regulation (EU) 2019/2088, in continuation from 2020, the Intesa Sanpaolo Group has decided to include a specific "ESG" KPI among the strategic action objectives that will be assigned to all Managers.

The evaluation of the ESG KPI takes place both at Group level, with a view to recognising the commitment of the Group as a whole, and at the Governance Area/Division or Sub-consolidating Group/Legal Entity level, in order to enhance the areas of action of the individual Group structures. Specifically:

  • at Group level, the presence of Intesa Sanpaolo in the sustainability indexes of specialized companies is assessed;
  • at the Governance Area/Division or Sub-consolidating Group/Legal Entity level, the following are assessed:
    • o specific projects/actions in the ESG field, such as, for example: development of lending volumes relating to ESG (Sustainable Loans and Green Mortgages), reduction of exposures on sectors at ESG risk, growth of Sustainable Investments through the increase in the % incidence of AuM present in Asset Management products classified under Articles 8 and 9 pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2019/2088, reduction of the Group's CO2 emissions;
    • o the achievement of the commitments on Diversity & Inclusion expressed in line with the Group's Principles on that issue.

Each KPI is assigned a weight equal to at least 10% to ensure the relevance of the objective, and no more than 30% to guarantee appropriate weighting of the numerous objectives.

The performance evaluation period (accrual period) is annual.

Focus: The structure of the Performance Scorecard for Risk Takers and Middle Managers (the Senior Directors in all the Functions and the Heads of in the Business Functions)

The sum of the weights assigned to the KPIs of each section is equivalent to the overall weight of the section; this weight varies according to the macro-area pertaining to the Risk Takers and Middle Managers.

Below is a summary of the Performance Scorecard for each cluster:

Risk Takers of the Business and Governance Functions and Middle Managers (the Senior Directors in all the Functions and the Heads of in the Business Functions):

Strategic Driver/KPIs Weight range on the Performance Scorecard BUSINESS GOVERNANCE Structure Objectives: financial and non-financial – quantitative1 Growth 45% - 55% 40% - 50% Profitability Productivity Cost of risk/Sustainability Group Objectives – cross-functional Net income 10% Cost/Income 20% (Group Governance Areas: Group Risk Takers and direct reports of the Chief) Non-financial objectives – qualitative ESG 15% 15% - 20%2 Other managerial skills (if any) 30% - 20% 25% - 10% Strategic actions/ Projects – consistent with the Business Plan and measured either through quantitative parameters or on the basis of strategic drivers

(1) the financial – quantitative KPIs are consistent with the strategic guidelines of the Business Plan and are challenging in relation to the budget, which is usually the target level

(2) 20% applies to the CFO, the Chief Sustainability Officer and the Chief Social Impact Officer

Structure Objectives: nonfinancial – quantitative

Non-financial objectives –

qualitative

Group Objectives –

Risk Takers and Middle Managers (limited to the Senior Directors) of the Company Control Functions and similar roles

Strategic Driver/KPIs

Risk Culture – Promoting awareness at all levels of the organisation regarding

with a particular focus on the risks related to climate change and technological innovation, through information, awareness

consistent with the Business Plan and measured either through quantitative

Cost of risk/Sustainability

"emerging" risks1

and training actions

Strategic actions /Projects –

(if any)

Other managerial skills

Strategic Driver/KPIs Weight range on the Performance Scorecard

COMPANY CONTROL FUNCTIONS and SIMILAR ROLES

Productivity 45% - 70%

cross-functional Profitability The Group economic-financial objective is not envisaged

ESG 15%

10% - 15%

30% - 0%2

parameters or on the basis of strategic drivers (1) for Chief Compliance Officer Governance Area, Chief Risk Officer Governance Area and Chief Audit Officer (2) for the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports, to whom the "Risk Culture" KPI is not assigned, the maximum weight is equal to 35%

Focus: The 2025 Incentive System for the Managing Director and CEO

Reported below is the Performance Scorecard of the Managing Director and CEO, indicating, for each financial - quantitative KPI, the reference target level and, for the non-financial qualitative KPIs, the exante evaluation drivers.

Strategic
driver
KPI Weight
(%)
Threshold
level
Target
level
Maximum
level
Growth Net income
(billion)
20% 100% of the
result of
previous year
Budget 127% of the
result of
previous year
GROUP Profitability OI / Average
RWA
20% 89% of the
result of
previous year
Budget 118% of the
result of
previous year
OBJECTIVES Productivity Cost / Income 20% 101% of the
result of
previous year
Budget 96% of the
result of
previous year
Cost of Risk Gross NPL
ratio
10% 115% of the
result of
previous year
Budget 105% of the
result of
previous year
NON
FINANCIAL –
QUALITATIVE
OBJECTIVES
(GROUP
SCOPE)
Strategic
Actions
from the
2022-2025
Business
Plan
ESG 15% Assessment based on the following drivers:
1. Presence of Intesa Sanpaolo in the
sustainability indices of specialized
companies (No. of appearances)
2. Promotion of an inclusive work environment
through the identification and
implementation of targeted management
actions, with a particular focus on meeting
the commitments in terms of gender equality
assigned to each Division/Governance Area:
• in annual hires (%)
• in the pool of candidates for first
appointment to managerial roles (%)
3. Group initiatives in the ESG area:
• Support to green and circular economy:
o
Development of loans of the Corporate
scope from an ESG perspective (€)
o
Support for Green Mortgages and
Social Lending of Banca dei Territori
(€)
• Sustainable Investments: ESG
investments as a percentage of total AuM
(%)
• Initiatives for counselling and employability
Group Digital
Transformation
15% Evaluation based on the following drivers:
1.
Isybank development: growth in number of
active customers
2.
Isytech Project: overall progress of the
forward-fit plan
3.
Expansion of sales channels and methods
of digital interactions (both online and
mobile) to support the Group distribution
strategy set out in the 2022-25 Business
Plan – YoY Increase
4.
Digital Transformation acceleration in a
Cloud-ready logic

The overall amount of the bonus for the Managing Director and CEO is awarded based on the evaluation of the results of the individual performance scorecard applying a deterministic calculation.

Focus: The 2025 Incentive System for the Managing Director and CEO

Specifically, against an overall score of the performance scorecard equal to:

  • 80%, the bonus accruable is equal to 30% of the fixed remuneration;
  • 100% (target), the bonus accruable is equal to 100% of the fixed remuneration;
  • 120% (cap), the bonus accruable is equal to 200% of the fixed remuneration, minus the amount pertaining to the year deriving from the Performance Share Plan.

For overall scores of the performance scorecard equal to the percentages that are in between those indicated above, the bonus is determined based on a proportionate scale.

Focus: The structure of the Performance Scorecard of Middle Managers with the title of Head of in the Governance Functions and in the Company Control Functions

The Performance Scorecards of Middle Managers with the title of Head of in the Governance Functions and in the Company Control Functions provide for both quantitative and qualitative KPIs and a threefold structure as follows:

  • structure section (30%-50% weight), containing KPIs consistent with the strategic drivers relating to productivity and the cost of risk/sustainability, with particular reference to the following categories: processes/activities, projects/initiatives, cost management and risk management;
  • cross-functional section (10% weight), containing a KPI shared at Group/Governance Area / Division level;
  • qualitative section (40%-60% weight), containing managerial indicators related to the skills of the Group's leadership model.

The total amount due is attributed annually based on the evaluation of the results of the individual performance scorecard34 and is defined with different calculation methods depending on the cluster. In particular, this calculation is deterministic also for the other Group Top Risk Takers (consistently with the calculation method provided for the Managing Director and CEO), is ranking-based for the other Group Risk Takers and is connected to the evaluation of the results for Risk Takers of the Sub-consolidating and Legal Entity Groups, as well as for Middle Managers.

In addition, corrective mechanisms of the accrued bonus are applied based on the level of achievement of the KPIs against excessive risk taking, which act as de-multipliers of the bonus itself.

34 It should be noted that individual performance scorecards with a score below the minimum level (i.e. 75% for Middle Managers with Head of title in the Governance Functions and in the Company Control Functions, 80% for Risk Takers of the Business and Governance Functions and Middle Managers with Senior Director title and Head of title limited to the Business Functions, 90% for Risk Takers and Middle Managers with Senior Director title in Company Control Functions and similar roles) do not qualify for bonus allocation under any circumstances.

Below is a summary of these mechanisms:

Risk Recipients Relevant limits and trigger events
Residual
Risk
Risk Takers (RT),
including the Group
Top RT, and Middle
Managers (MM)
Detection of residual risk at very high / high levels (Q-factor) max
-20%
Adequacy
Capital
Business and Failure to achieve the CET1 target set in the Group RAF
Governance Group
Top RT
Exceeding the CET1 Early Warning threshold set in the Group RAF -20%
Stability of profits Group Top RT and
Heads of the
structures reporting to
the abovementioned
Subjects
Fallure to achieve a predetermined target to contain the level of operating costs set in the
budget
max -20%
Market Risk Business Group RT1
and MM
Regarding the VAR for the trading line:
1. Exceeding the limits attributed to the Structures through drill-down of the Early
Warning limit set in the Group RAF and failure to comply with the remediation plan
2. Exceeding the Early Warning limit set in the Group RAF and failure to comply with the
remediation plan
-15%
Group RT
identified
for VAR
-10% for
other
Group RT
and MM
Business Group RI Regarding the VAR Held to Collect and Sale (HTCS)
Exceeding the limits attributed to the Structures through drill-down of the Early
1.
Warning limit set in the Group RAF and failure to comply with the remediation plan
2. Exceeding the Early Warning limit set in the Group RAF and failure to comply with
the remediation plan
-10%
Business Group RT1 Exceeding the limits relating to the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI)
reserve attributed to the Structures concerned through drill-down of the Soft limit set in
the Group RAF and failure to comply with the remediation plan
-20%
Interest Rate Risk Business Group RT1 Exceeding the limits of the Ordinary Management of the Banking Book relating to the
sensitivity of the Economic Value of Equity ("ΔEVE") attributed to the Structures
concerned through drill-down of the Soft limit set in the Group RAF and failure to comply
with the remediation plan
-10%
Exceeding the limits of the HTCS Portfolio assigned to the main companies of the Group
as part of the aforementioned consolidated limit "ΔEVE", attributed to the Structures
Business Group RT1
concerned through a drill-down of the Soft limit set in the Group RAF and failure to
comply with the remediation plan
-10%
Exceeding the consolidated limits on the sensitivity of the Net Interest Income (NII),
Business Group RT1
attributed to the Structures concerned through a drill-down of the Soft limit set in the
Group RAF and failure to comply with the remediation plan
-10%
Conduct
rask
RT, including Group
Top RT, and MM
Failure to comply with the expected levels for the compulsory training -10%

4.5.3.1. Incentive System for Risk Takers of Banks at a "non-contingent" loss

Within the framework of the annual Incentive Systems, a specific and selective annual Incentive System is envisaged for the Risk Takers belonging to the Group Banks at a "non-contingent" loss.

The System is targeted at Risk Takers specifically appointed to recover/contain the loss from the first year of appointment (and up to a maximum of three consecutive years) and, starting from the second year, in case of improved results according to that set out in the specific long-term recovery plan (Business Plan), it may be extended to the other Risk Takers possibly operating in the Bank.

For the purposes of determining the incentive due, the performance of the Bank at a loss is measured in terms of year-on-year improvement.

With reference to any other Risk Takers the System is extended to starting from the second year, the maximum incentive to be accrued does not exceed 50% of the bonus theoretically due against the outcome of the performance evaluation35 .

4.5.3.2. Incentive System for Risk Takers and Middle Managers of Legal Entities in "startup" phase

Similarly to the description above for the Banks at a "non-contingent" loss, there is a specific annual Incentive System for Legal Entities in "start-up" phase.

This System aims to promote the achievement of the growth objectives set in the "start-up" business plan for the period of time necessary for the Company to reach a positive and/or minimum level of income (until a maximum of three consecutive years), in a broader Group framework where the conditions of capital strength, liquidity and sustainability are met.

For the purposes of determining the incentive due, the performance of the Company is measured with respect to the achievement of the milestones (i.e. Company Income/Loss) set by the specific long-term plan of the start-up, in line with the medium/long-term objectives that characterise all of the Group Incentive Systems.

In accordance with the principle of sustainability, the maximum incentive that can be accrued is in any case limited and compatible with the economic and financial context of the Company.

4.5.4 Specific incentive initiatives by personnel category and business segment

The Intesa Sanpaolo Group develops incentive initiatives dedicated to either specific clusters or highly profitable and relevant business segments inside the strategy defined at Business Plan level36 .

In general, the Incentive Systems dedicated to specific clusters aim to support the cooperation and teamwork towards reaching the common objectives measured at team level.

In contrast, the Incentive Systems dedicated to specific business segments require the recognition of individual bonuses differentiated by role and measured on individual Performance Scorecards with the exception of the retail business (Italy and abroad) for which Branch Performance Scorecards are generally required. The simultaneous presence of economic-financial and non-financial KPIs is normal. For personnel operating in sales networks (both internal and external) in direct contact with customers, KPIs regarding customer satisfaction and correctness of customer relations are always envisaged; the KPIs are not linked to the distribution of a specific investment product and, for the purpose of achieving the objectives, only transactions in line with the needs expressed by customers and with the adequacy checks are taken into account.

In any case, each KPI is assigned a weight equal to at least 10% to ensure the relevance of the objective.

It should be noted that bonuses deriving from these specific incentive initiatives are subject to the application of the de-multiplier linked to Conduct Risk as described in paragraph 4.5.3.

Incentive System by cluster Beneficiaries Main characteristics
Non-Performing Loans Managers
(excluding
Risk
Takers)
and
Professionals of the
structures of Credit
Value Preservation
Head
Office
Purpose:
Support the achievement of the objectives of
reducing the gross NPL ratio set out in the
2022-2025 Plan requested by the Authority to
the
Group
with
no
charges
for
the
Shareholders.
Department,
NPE
Head
Office
Department,
core
structures
of
the
Mechanism to calculate the bonus:
Individual bonuses differentiated by role and
type of contribution to the Plan.

Below is a summary of the main incentive initiatives present in the Group37:

45

35 Raised to 75% in the particular case of Risk Takers belonging to the Company Control Functions because of the low level of the bonuses due to these Functions.

36 It should be noted that specific incentive initiatives for categories of personnel and business segments are generally not targeted at Group Risk Takers, with the exception of the Incentive System of the Private Banking Network of Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking's Italian Network, the Incentive System for Relationship Managers of the Private Banking Division's International Sales Networks and the Incentive System for Non-employee Financial Advisors.

37 With regard to Incentive Systems for agents operating in the Banca dei Territori Division (i.e. Incentive System to support the growth of assets under management in the Banca dei Territori network for the Global Advisors of the Banca dei Territori and coordination quality award for the Team Leaders of Prestitalia), please refer to paragraph 4.3.2.

Incentive System by cluster Beneficiaries Main characteristics
Credit
Governance
Head
Office
Department of the
Chief
Lending
Officer Governance
Area, as well as
Credit Functions of
Regional
Governance Centre
of the Banca dei
Territori Division
Performance conditions:
KPIs of an economic-financial nature entail
the reduction of the Group gross NPL stock
as well as objectives of governance of flows
between credit stages (e.g. inflows from
Performing vs Past Due/UTP, outflows from
UTP, outflows from Bad loans) at Group or
Division level.
In any case, for the Manager cluster, the
System is subject to a corrective mechanism
in the event of failure to achieve the Group
gross NPL ratio KPI.
Strategic projects incentive
system – Insurance
Operational teams
Purpose:
of the areas
Support the achievement of the objectives
supporting the
envisaged in the Business Plan for the
business of the
Insurance Division by guiding the behaviour of
Companies in the
the individuals, including those belonging to
Insurance Group
different organisational structures, towards
team results.
Mechanism to calculate the bonus:
Structure
bonuses
role/title.
Performance conditions:
The KPIs identified at the individual structure
level are both project-based, i.e. linked to
strategic
initiatives
and
assessed
for
timeliness and effectiveness in achieving
milestones, and quantitative. The latter are
primarily of a non-financial nature (e.g.
compliance
with
settlement
SLAs,
complaints/policies, support tickets, Instant
Customer Feedback) and, to a lesser extent,
of
an
economic-financial
nature
(i.e.
Operational losses/Cash Flow). The various
structures can share the same KPIs to further
strengthen their interactions with each other.
Incentive System by business
segment
Beneficiaries Main characteristics
Insurance Client Advisor Sales Structure of
Intesa Sanpaolo
Insurance Agency
dedicated to selling
health products and
of Intesa Sanpaolo
Protezione
dedicated to selling
Purpose:
Support the achievement of the commercial
objectives of distribution of insurance products
for
the
Group
corporate
and
enterprise
customers, taking into account the effective
needs of the clients and in line with their risk
profile.
policies to cover
industrial risks
Performance conditions:
The economic-financial KPIs reflect the
increase of the funding volumes achieved with
reference to the distribution of insurance
products
(e.g.
health,
industrial
risks,
temporary life insurance, social security) and
the renewals of the policies already in the
portfolio.

Incentive System by business
segment
Beneficiaries Main characteristics
The non-financial KPIs are aimed at guiding
behaviours and ensuring service quality.
Private Banking Network Italian Network of
Intesa
Sanpaolo Private
Banking
(employees and
agents)
Purpose:
Support the achievement of the Bank's sales
and economic-financial targets, taking into
account the actual needs of customers and in
line with their risk profile.
Performance conditions:
The economic-financial KPIs reflect the
typical revenues of the relevant business (e.g.
improvement in net interest income) and the
increase in assets (e.g. flows of financial
assets).
The non-financial KPIs guide behaviour
towards customer retention, operational risk
monitoring, customer satisfaction, compliance
with the principles of fairness in customer
relations and the quality of the service
rendered.
Sustainability risks:
In line with Regulation (EU) 2019/2088, a non
financial KPI is assigned within the System in
relation to customer profiling, which also
acquires customers' ESG preferences. This
KPI is a "gateway condition" for the Incentive
System, since failure to reach the minimum
threshold envisaged for this indicator entails
the non-payment of the accrued bonus.
Furthermore, an additional KPI is provided,
which also constitutes a "gate", linked to the
frequency of a training course on ESG issues.
Private Advisory Intesa
Sanpaolo
Private
Banking
Advisory Team
Purpose:
Support the achievement of the Bank's sales
and economic-financial targets, through the
support provided to the Private Banking
Network in advisory activities, taking into
account the actual needs of customers and in
line with their risk profile.
Performance conditions:
The KPIs of an economic-financial nature
reflect the growth in assets relating to the
advisory services and in the number of
contracts.

The non-financial KPIs focus on completion
of mandatory training as well as on managerial
or professional skills.
Relationship Manager International
sales
networks
of
the
Private
Banking
Division
Purpose:
Support the achievement of the Company's
sales and economic-financial targets, taking
into account the actual needs of customers
and in line with their risk profile.
Performance conditions:
The economic-financial
KPIs reflect the
revenues (net of costs) generated by the
Relationship Manager's activities.
The non-financial KPIs include measures to
guide behaviour towards compliance with the
principles of fairness in customer relations and
decrease in operational risks.
Non-employee Financial
Advisors
Fideuram, Sanpaolo
Invest
and
IWPI
sales networks
Purpose:
Support the achievement of the Company's
sales and economic-financial targets, taking
into account the actual needs of customers
and in line with their risk profile.
Performance conditions:
The economic-financial KPIs reflect the
volumes, profitability and stability of the
Inflows.
The non-financial KPIs include measures to
guide
behaviour
towards
customer
satisfaction, compliance with the principles of
fairness in customer relations and decrease in
operational risks.
Sustainability risks:
Similarly to what has been specified for the
Private
Banking
Network,
in
line
with
Regulation (EU) 2019/2088, a non-financial
KPI is assigned within the System in relation to
customer
profiling,
which
also
acquires
customers' ESG preferences. This KPI is a
"gateway condition" for the Incentive System,
since failure to reach the minimum threshold
envisaged for this indicator entails the non
payment of the accrued bonus.
Investment Management Professional
categories
of
managers in asset
management and
asset managers of
the
private
banking
Investment Center
Purpose:
Support
the
achievement
of
the
performance
targets for
the
products
managed in the interest of the customer.
Performance conditions:
The
economic-financial
KPIs
mainly
relate to the performance adjusted for the
risks assumed of the managed products
over a multi-year time horizon.

The
non-financial
KPIs
focus
on
managerial or professional skills.
Sustainability risks:
In order to integrate the sustainability risks
assumed in the management of portfolios,
in
accordance
with
Regulation
(EU)
2019/2088, a correction mechanism has
been
defined
for
the
bonus
which
enhances the activity undertaken in terms
of managing sustainability risks (the so
called
"sustainability
corrective
mechanism").
This
mechanism
is
based
on
a
comparison between the "sustainability
rating class" of the Manager's portfolio (i.e.
rating class determined on the basis of the
average score of the products managed
by the individual Manager with reference
to ESG factors) and the related target level
identified
(i.e.
average
score
of
the
parameters

benchmark
of
the
investment
product
or
universe

associated with the Manager).
Depending on the deviation of the portfolio
sustainability rating class from the target,
the
mechanism
can
confirm
the
Manager's bonus determined as part of
the Annual Incentive System or act as a
corrective factor thereof by increasing it
(+5% or +10%) or
decreasing it (-5% or -
10%).
Extra Captive Sales Sales
supply
chain dedicated to
the
non-captive
market
in
asset
management
Purpose:
Support the development of the sales
network in terms of asset inflows through
channels outside the Group.
Performance conditions:
The economic-financial KPIs reflect the
increase in volumes and profitability of the
acquired assets.
The non-financial KPIs focus on the
quality
of
sales
action
and
the
management of non-compliance risks.
Network
of
International
Banks
Middle Managers
and Professionals
of the International
Banks
Purpose:
Support the achievement of the growth,
profitability, credit quality and customer
service
targets
of
the
Network
of
International
Banks,
avoiding
the

emergence of potential conflicts of interest
while reducing the operational risks.
Performance conditions:
Both
economic-financial
and
non
financial KPIs are set at Branch and/or
individual level, which are differentiated
depending on the business specificities,
market practises and the regulations in
force in the countries where the Group
works.

All the Incentive Systems are subject to specific formalisation and approval processes.

4.5.5 Individual access conditions

The payment of the individual bonus is, in any case, subject to the verification of the absence of the socalled individual compliance breaches i.e.:

  • disciplinary measures involving at least the suspension from service and pay for a period equal to or greater than one day, including as a result of serious findings received from the control functions;
  • in case of breaches specifically sanctioned by the Supervisory Authorities of the obligations as per Article 26 of the Consolidated Law on Banking regarding the requirements of professionalism, integrity and independence or Article 53, paragraph 4, of the Consolidated Law on Banking and following on the matter of transactions with related parties and of the obligations regarding remuneration and incentives referred to in CRD, if involving a penalty of an amount equal to or greater than 30,000 euro;
  • behaviour non-compliant with the legal and regulatory provisions, Articles of Association or any codes of ethics and conduct established ex ante by the Group or relevant Company and from which a "significant loss" derived for the Company or the customer.

Focus: Individual access conditions for personnel in the "Investments" area of the Group's asset management companies

With reference to the manager cluster (Risk Takers and not), a further access condition provides that payment of the bonus is subject to the achievement, within the Performance Scorecard, of at least the threshold level with reference to the KPI linked to the performance of the products under management.

Focus: Individual access conditions for the Private Banking Network

In addition to the conditions described above, for Private Bankers of the ISPB Network, the exclusion from the Incentive System is also provided for those against whom:

  • well-founded complaints with a cumulative economic value exceeding 10,000 euro are individually lodged;
  • 2 or more written warnings per year have been formalized.

Transp. Prov. R. 27

Transp. Prov.

Focus: Individual access conditions for Financial Advisors other than employees, Financial Agents and Global Advisors

For Financial Advisors, the exclusion from the Incentive System is provided for those against whom:

  • at least one suspension measure is imposed, except for those cases suitably justified by the Disciplinary Committee;
  • well-founded complaints with a cumulative economic value exceeding 5,000 euro for the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks and exceeding 10,000 euro for the ISPB Network are individually lodged;
  • 2 or more written warnings per year have been formalised;
  • the agency contract is terminated for just cause.

With regard to the Financial Agents with an accessory contract (so-called Team Leaders) of Prestitalia and the Global Advisors of the Banca dei Territori network, the exclusion from all non-recurring components of the remuneration is provided for those against whom:

  • behaviours that are non-compliant with the legal and regulatory provisions, Articles of Association or any codes of ethics or conduct established ex ante by the Group and from which a "significant loss" derived for the Bank or the customers;
  • well-founded complaints are lodged, with a cumulative economic value exceeding 5,000 euro, measured at the individual level, for the Global Advisors and exceeding 20,000 euro, measured at the total level38, for the Financial Agents with an accessory contract (so-called Team Leaders) of Prestitalia.
  • the agency contract is terminated for just cause.

In particular, failure to verify the individual access conditions implies both the non-payment of the bonus accrued in the same year in which the compliance breach is committed and the deletion of the deferred portions of the accrual conditions referred to the same year.

4.5.6 Malus conditions

In case of deferral (see paragraph 4.6), each portion is subject to an ex-post adjustment mechanism – the so-called malus conditions – according to which the relative amount recognised and the number of financial instruments assigned, if any, may be reduced, even to zero, in the year in which the deferred portion is paid, in relation to the level of achievement of the minimum conditions set by the Regulator regarding the capital strength and liquidity, represented by the consistency with the respective limits set as part of the RAF, as well as the condition of financial sustainability.

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio «Hard» limit set by the
Group RAF
Capital Leverage Ratio
strength
conditions
Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities
(MREL)
Early Warning set by the
Group RAF
Assessment of the results of the ICAAP and of the Recommendations on distributions by
competent authorities and European Supervisory Authorities
Liquidity
condition
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) «Hard» limit set by the
Group RAF
Sustainability
condition
No loss and positive Gross Income 0

In case one of the conditions of capital strength or of liquidity does not occur individually, the deferred portion is reduced to zero; if the condition of sustainability is not met, the deferred portion is reduced by 50%.

P. XV R 27

38 Complaints attributable to the activity carried out by the Team Leader and the Supervised Agents.

Focus: Malus condition set for Top Risk Takers For Top Risk Takers, in line with the provisions for activation of the Incentive System, another condition – in addition to the ones mentioned above – is also envisaged:

For this cluster, if the condition of liquidity is not met, the deferred portion is reduced by 50%.

Similarly with the provisions of the gateway conditions, it is specified that for those Legal Entities which calculate their limits of capital strength (CET1 or Total Capital, MREL, Leverage ratio and the assessment of the results of the ICAAP for Banks, Solvency Ratio in the case of insurance companies as well as the Capital Requirements at least equal to the regulatory capital in the case of Asset Management Companies) and liquidity (NSFR for Banks), failure to respect these limits and to meet the sustainability conditions (No loss and positive Gross Income39) constitutes the malus conditions of all the Incentive Systems addressed to the resources operating in the Legal Entity, also when those of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group may be positively met. In addition, in line with the Intesa Sanpaolo Group provisions, an additional malus condition linked to LCR at least equal to the hard limit set out in Sub-holding/Legal Entity RAF is applied to Top Risk Takers of Sub-holding and of the significant banking Legal Entities.

In case one of the conditions of capital strength or of liquidity does not occur individually, the deferred portion is reduced to zero; if the condition of sustainability is not met, the deferred portion is reduced by 50%.

4.5.7 Clawback mechanisms

The company reserves the right to activate clawback mechanisms40, namely the return of bonuses already paid as required by regulations, also taking into account the legal, contribution and tax profiles on the matter, as part of:

  • disciplinary initiatives and provisions envisaged for fraudulent behaviour or gross negligence by personnel;
  • violations of the obligations imposed under Article 26 of the Consolidated Law on Banking or, where the entity is a stakeholder, Article 53 paragraphs 4 et seq. of the Consolidated Law on Banking or of remuneration and incentive obligations;
  • behaviour non-compliant with the legal and regulatory provisions, Articles of Association or any codes of ethics and conduct established ex ante by the Group or relevant Company and from which a "significant loss" derived for the Company or the customer.

These mechanisms may be applied in the 5 years following the payment of the individual portion (up-front and deferred, if any) of variable remuneration.

4.6 Payment methods of the variable remuneration

The remuneration payment methods are governed by specific instructions in the Supervisory Provisions concerning remuneration with particular reference to the deferral obligations, the type of payment instruments and the retention period envisaged for the possible portion paid as financial instruments.

In particular, as provided for by regulations, payment methods defined by the Group take into account the fact that, due to the Group's consolidated balance sheet assets, none of the Group's banks is considered to be "of a smaller size or operational complexity" and, consequently, the same accrual and settlement schedules apply to all Risk Takers (i.e. Group, Sub-consolidating Group and Legal Entity), with specificities relating only to Top Risk Takers.

Transp. Prov. R. 27

R. 27 R. 28

39 It should be noted that the sustainability condition (both at the ISP Group level and at the Legal Entity level) is not applicable to the Incentive System specific to the Network of International Subsidiary Banks as it is managed locally with a bottom-up funding mechanism and it is not financed by the Group bonus pool.

40 It should be noted that, with reference to Albania, in line with local regulations, this provision applies only to Group Risk Takers and personnel seconded to the Company.

Illustrated below are the methods for the payment of the variable remuneration adopted by the Intesa Sanpaolo Group41 .

Deferral 60% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 5 years in the case
of:
ം remuneration paid to Top Group Risk Takers
o variable remuneration of a "particularly high" amount, regardless of
the macro segment to which the receiver belongs
2 ) 50% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 5 years in the case
of remuneration paid:
o to Top Risk Takers of Sub-consolidating Groups and of Legal
Entities if the amount is higher than both the materiality threshold and
100% of the fixed remuneration
(3) 40% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 5 years in the case
of remuneration paid:
o to Top Risk Takers of Sub-consolidating Groups and of Legal
Entities if the amount is higher than the materiality threshold and equal
to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration
Deferred amount
( 4 ) 50% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 4 years in the case
of remuneration paid:
o to other Group Risk Takers if the amount is higher than both the
materiality threshold and 100% of the fixed remuneration
5) 40% of variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 4 years in the case of
remuneration paid:
o to other Group Risk Takers if the amount is higher than the materiality
threshold and equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration1
( 6 ) II 40% of variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 3 years in the case of
remuneration paid:
o to Middle Managers and Professionals, if the amount is higher than
both the materiality threshold and 100% of the fixed remuneration
40% of variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 2 years in the case of
remuneration paid:
o to Middle Managers and Professionals, if the amount is higher than the
materiality threshold and equal to or to or lower than 100% of the fixed
remuneration, or equal to or to or lower than the materiality threshold and
higher than 100% of the fixed remuneration
The remaining amount of the variable remuneration is paid out up-front.
p-front amount
Regardless of the pertinent macro segment, the variable remuneration is
entirely paid up-front if the amount is equal to or lower than the materiality
threshold and equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration

Focus: "Particularly high" amount of variable remuneration

As required by the Provisions of the Bank of Italy, at least every three years Intesa Sanpaolo is obliged to define the "particularly high" amount of variable remuneration, as the lower between:

  • i) 25% of the average overall remuneration of the Italian high earners, resulting from the most recent report published by the EBA. This value equals, according to the report published by the EBA with reference to the data of December 2022, 436,933 euro;
  • ii) 10 times the average overall remuneration of the employees of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group.

41 It should be noted that foreign Companies of the Group and foreign Branches can provide more restrictive payment schedules if provided by the applicable local laws.

Focus: "Particularly high" amount of variable remuneration

Intesa Sanpaolo calculated this amount as the average remuneration paid to employees in 2022, 2023 and 2024, equal to 548,560 euro.

For greater prudence, the latter amount is rounded down and, as a consequence, the variable remuneration exceeding 400,000 euro for the three-year period 2025-2027is considered particularly high.

Focus: Materiality Threshold

The Intesa Sanpaolo Group has defined its materiality threshold, differentiated by clusters of personnel, beyond which the variable remuneration is considered "significant".

In particular:

  • for Risk Takers42, in accordance with the applicable regulations, the variable remuneration is considered "significant" if it exceeds the amount of 50,000 euro43 or if it represents more than one third of the total remuneration;
  • for Middle Managers and Professionals, the materiality threshold beyond which the variable remuneration is considered "significant" – is usually 80,000 euro. In order to significantly reduce a potential competitive disadvantage factor in the attraction and retention of the best resources in countries other than the Group's domestic market and in businesses characterised by high competitive pressure (i.e., high cost of living, strong wage dynamics and high resignation rates) on human resources and, in non-EU countries, by a less stringent (or absent) regulatory environment on the materiality threshold, this threshold is raised to 150,000 euro.

Lower thresholds may be envisaged by Group Companies and by foreign Branches of Intesa Sanpaolo according to local regulations44 .

42 With the exception of the Risk Takers identified in the:

asset management companies (SGR entities) of the Group who are not identified also at Group level for which the threshold of 80,000 euro is kept. CRD V (Article 109, paragraphs 4 to 5) allows for the non-application of the provisions envisaged for Banks to these roles;

investment firms (i.e. securities trading companies) where, in accordance with Directive (EU) 2019/2034 (transposed through the update of the Bank of Italy Regulation implementing articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, letter b) and c-bis), of the Consolidated Law on Finance of 23 December 2022), variable remuneration is considered "significant" if it exceeds the amount of 50,000 euro or represents more than a quarter of the total remuneration.

43With reference to the London Branch, it should be noted that the threshold is equal to 44,000 British pounds, as provided by the Prudential Regulatory Authority.

44 With reference to ISP Russia, it should be noted that the materiality threshold is considered only for the purposes of the possible payment of a portion of the bonus accrued by Risk Takers in financial instruments since, regardless of the amount, pursuant to the local regulation, the deferral is always mandatory. Furthermore, the more restrictive provisions for the members of staff qualified as Accountable Person pursuant to Australian law remain in place in order to ensure the compliance with local provisions.

It should be noted that interest in line with market rates is calculated on deferred bonus portions paid in cash.

In compliance with the Supervisory Provisions, the financial instruments used by the Intesa Sanpaolo Group to pay the variable remuneration are Intesa Sanpaolo shares.

There are exceptions to this general rule:

  • the Risk Takers of VUB Banka having a local contract, since the portion in shares of Intesa Sanpaolo is replaced by the allocation of units of Certificates of the subsidiary, in compliance with local regulations;
  • the Risk Takers of Pravex, Intesa Sanpaolo Brasil and the New York Branch of Intesa Sanpaolo and Intesa Sanpaolo IMI Securities Corporation within the IMI CIB International Network structure of the IMI Corporate & Investment Banking Division, as the portion in Intesa Sanpaolo shares is replaced by the allocation of phantom shares with underlying Intesa Sanpaolo ordinary shares in consideration of the operational complexity or the need to ensure compliance with local regulations;
  • the Risk Takers and the personnel accruing a "significant" bonus higher than 100% of the fixed remuneration belonging to asset management companies (SGR entities), since the portion in Intesa Sanpaolo shares is replaced by the allocation of units of the funds managed, as required by the sector regulations (Regulation implementing articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, letter b) and c-bis), of the Consolidated Law on Finance of the Bank of Italy).

Focus: Financial Instruments assigned to the personnel of the asset management companies

The Regulation implementing articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, letter b) and c-bis), of the Consolidated Law on Finance of Bank of Italy as regards Risk Takers belonging to significant asset management companies (SGR entities)45 provides that a substantial part of the variable remuneration is composed of units or shares of the UCITS or AIFs managed, or of a combination that takes into account as much as possible their proportion, or of equivalent equity interests, instruments linked to units or shares or of other equivalent non-monetary instruments that are equally effective in terms of aligning incentives.

In compliance with such provision:

• the UCITS basket is defined representing the UCITS managed by the company to be allocated to the Top Risk Taker, Head of the Asset Management Division, to the Risk Takers not involved in asset management activities and, to a lesser extent, to the Risk Takers and the remaining personnel

45 Pursuant to the relevant regulations, the following are significant asset managers: Eurizon Capital SGR, Eurizon Capital SA, Eurizon Asset Management Slovakia, Eurizon Asset Management Croatia, Eurizon Capital Real Asset SGR, and Fideuram Asset Management SGR.

Focus: Financial Instruments assigned to the personnel of the asset management companies accruing a "significant" bonus and higher than 100% of the fixed remuneration involved in asset management activities;

• the principles of selection of additional UCITS to be allocated to the Risk Takers and the remaining personnel accruing a "significant" bonus and higher than 100% of the fixed remuneration involved in asset management activities are identified in terms of representation of the activity performed by each of them.

Alternatively, in specific cases (e.g. closed AIFs, UCITS not distributed in the retail market) it is possible to provide for the assignment of synthetic or phantom instruments that ensure similar effectiveness in terms of aligning incentives.

In accordance with the indications above, the Intesa Sanpaolo Group has defined the following accrual and settlement schedules depending on the category of personnel (Top Risk Takers, other Risk Takers, Middle Managers and Professionals), the amount of the variable remuneration (higher or lower than the particularly high amount or the materiality threshold) and the weight of the variable remuneration compared to the fixed remuneration (greater than or equal to/lower than 100%).

In particular:

  1. Schedule 1: for the Group Top Risk Takers and all those who, regardless of the macro-segment they belong to, accrue a "particularly high" amount of variable remuneration, if the variable remuneration exceeds 100% of the fixed remuneration, 40% of the payment will be up-front (of which 20% in cash and 20% in financial instruments) and 60% (of which 20% in cash and 40% in financial instruments) on a deferral time horizon of 5 years. R. 27 R. 28

Reported below is the accrual and settlement schedule:

R. 28 R. 27 2. Schedule 2: for the Group Top Risk Takers and all those who, regardless of the macro-segment they belong to, accrue a "particularly high" amount of variable remuneration, if the variable remuneration is equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration, 40% of the payment will be up-front (of which 20% in cash and 20% in financial instruments) and 60% (of which 25% in cash and 35% in financial instruments) on a deferral time horizon of 5 years.

Reported below is the accrual and settlement schedule:

  1. Schedule 3: for Top Risk Takers of Sub-consolidating Groups and for Legal Entity Top Risk Takers (including those who are also identified as Group Risk Takers), if the variable remuneration exceeds 100% of the fixed remuneration, 50% of the payment will be up-front (of which 25% in cash and 25% in financial instruments) and 50% (of which 15% in cash and 35% in financial instruments) on a deferral time horizon of 5 years.

R. 28 R. 27

Reported below is the accrual and settlement schedule:

  1. Schedule 4: for Top Risk Takers of Sub-consolidating Groups and for Legal Entity Top Risk Takers (including those who are also identified as Group Risk Takers), if the variable remuneration exceeds the materiality threshold and is equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration, 60% of the payment will be up-front (of which 30% in cash and 30% in financial instruments) and 40% (of which 15% in cash and 25% in financial instruments) on a deferral time horizon of 5 years.

R. 28 R. 27

Reported below is the accrual and settlement schedule:

  1. Schedule 5: for the other Risk Takers (eligible for 2:1 bonus cap) who accrue a variable remuneration exceeding the materiality threshold and 100% of the fixed remuneration, 50% of the payment

will be up-front (of which 25% in cash and 25% in financial instruments) and 50% (of which 25% in cash and 25% in financial instruments) on a deferral time horizon of 4 years46 .

Reported below is the accrual and settlement schedule:

R. 27 R. 28 6. Schedule 6: for the other Risk Takers who accrue a variable remuneration exceeding the materiality threshold but equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration, 60% of the payment will be up-front (of which 30% in cash and 30% in financial instruments) and 40% (of which 20% in cash and 20% in financial instruments) on a deferral time horizon of 4 years.

Reported below is the accrual and settlement schedule:

R. 27 R. 28

  1. Schedule 7: for Middle Managers and Professionals who accrue a variable remuneration exceeding the materiality threshold and 100% of the fixed remuneration, 60% of the payment will be up-front (of which 30% in cash and 30% in financial instruments) and 40% (of which 20% in cash and 20% in financial instruments) on a deferral time horizon of 3 years.

Reported below is the accrual and settlement schedule:

46 With reference to schedules 5 and 6, it should be noted that the application of the stricter accrual and settlement schedules set for the Risk Takers qualified as an Accountable Person under Australian law remains in place, to ensure compliance with local regulations.

    1. Schedule 8: for Middle Managers and Professionals who accrue a variable remuneration equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration but exceeding the materiality threshold, or exceeding 100% of the fixed remuneration but equal to or lower than the materiality threshold, all of the payment will be in cash of which 60% up-front and 40% on a deferral time horizon of 2 years.
R. 27
R. 28

R. 27 R. 28

Reported below is the accrual and settlement schedule:

Focus: Payment methods of the variable remuneration for Middle Managers and Professionals
of Companies and branches operating in non-EU countries
Considering the less stringent (or absent) regulatory environment of non-EU countries compared to the
EU, for Middle Managers and Professionals of Companies and branches operating in non-EU
countries47, in the case they accrue:

a variable remuneration of a "particularly high" amount, the above Schedules 1 or 2 are applied
according to the proportion of variable to fixed remuneration;

a variable remuneration exceeding the materiality threshold and 100% of the fixed
remuneration, all the payment will be in cash, of which 60% up-front and 40% on a deferral time
horizon of 3 years.
Schedule 9:

• a variable remuneration equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration but exceeding the materiality threshold or exceeding 100% of the fixed remuneration but equal to or lower than the materiality threshold, schedule 8 above is applied.

Focus: Payment methods of the variable remuneration for the Non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest (SPI), IWPI and Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking Networks With reference to Financial Advisors, for those who accrue non-recurring remuneration:

  • exceeding both the "particularly high" amount of variable remuneration and 100% of the recurring remuneration, regardless of the macro-segment they belong to, schedule 1 above is applied;
  • exceeding the "particularly high" amount of variable remuneration but equal to or lower than 100% of the recurring remuneration, regardless of the macro-segment they belong to, schedule 2 above is applied;
  • exceeding both the materiality threshold and 100% of the recurring remuneration, if identified as Group Risk Takers, schedule 5 above is applied;
  • exceeding the materiality threshold but equal to or lower than 100% of the recurring remuneration, if identified as Group Risk Takers, schedule 6 above is applied;
  • exceeding both the materiality threshold and 100% of the recurring remuneration, if not identified as Group Risk Takers, schedule 7 above is applied.

47 The application of the stricter accrual and settlement schedules set for the personnel qualified as an Accountable Person under Australian law remains in place, to ensure compliance with local regulations.

R. 27 R. 28

  • Area Managers (i.e. Group Risk Takers) of the Fideuram, SPI and IWPI Networks, who accrue a non-recurring remuneration equal to or lower than both the materiality threshold and 100% of the recurring remuneration,
  • other Financial Advisors with accessory contract (i.e. Divisional Manager and Regional Manager) of the Fideuram, SPI and IWPI Networks not identified as Group Risk Takers,
  • other Financial Advisors without accessory contract not identified as Group Risk Takers who accrue a non-recurring remuneration exceeding the materiality threshold but equal to or lower than 100% of the recurring remuneration,

all payments will be in cash, of which 60% up-front and 40% on a deferral time horizon of 2 years, following the schedule 8 above.

R. 27

Focus: Payment methods of the variable remuneration for the personnel of the "Investment" category of asset management companies and for Risk Takers of asset management companies In line with the requirements set by the regulations, the payment methods of the variable remuneration for the personnel of the "Investment" category of the eligible asset management companies (SGR entities) with respect to the cap increase to 4:1 are strengthened according to the category of personnel and the weight of the variable remuneration compared to the fixed remuneration.

In particular, for:

  • personnel of asset management companies (both Risk Takers and non-Risk Takers) who accrue a variable remuneration of a particularly high amount, schedules 1 and 2 above are applied;
  • Risk Takers of asset management companies (SGR entities) also identified at Group level and belonging to the "Investment" category who accrue a variable remuneration:
    • o exceeding the materiality threshold and exceeding the 300% of the fixed remuneration, 30% of the payment will be up-front (of which 15% in cash and 15% in units of UCITS) and 70% (of which 15% in cash and 55% in units of UCITS) on a deferral time horizon of 5 years (see schedule 10 below)48;

48 Notwithstanding the provisions of schedule 1, for the cluster in question, schedule 10 also applies if the variable remuneration accrued is of a "particularly high" amount.

Focus: Payment methods of the variable remuneration for the personnel of the "Investment" category of asset management companies and for Risk Takers of asset management companies o exceeding both the materiality threshold and 300% of the fixed remuneration, schedule 10 above is applied49; o exceeding the materiality threshold and between 200% and 300% of the fixed remuneration, schedule 1 above is applied; o exceeding the materiality threshold and between 100% and 200% of the fixed remuneration, 40% of the payment will be up-front (of which 20% in cash and 20% in units of UCITS) and 60% (of which 30% in cash and 30% in units of UCITS) on a deferral time horizon of 3 years (see schedule 11 below); Schedule 11: o exceeding the materiality threshold but equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed

remuneration, schedule 7 above is applied.

Whereas, for the Middle Managers and the Professionals of the "Investment" category that accrue a variable remuneration:

  • exceeding both the materiality threshold and 300% of the fixed remuneration, schedule 1 above is applied;
  • exceeding the materiality threshold and between 200% and 300% of the fixed remuneration, schedule 11 above is applied;
  • exceeding the materiality threshold and between 100% and 200% of the fixed remuneration, the following is applied:
    • o in the case of Companies operating in EU countries, Schedule 7 above;
    • o in the case of Companies operating in non-EU countries, Schedule 9 above;
  • exceeding the materiality threshold and equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration or exceeding 100% of the fixed remuneration but equal to or lower than the materiality threshold, schedule 8 above is applied.

Lastly, for the Risk Takers of asset management companies (SGR entities) not identified also at Group level and not belonging to the "Investment" category who accrue a variable remuneration:

  • exceeding both the materiality threshold and 100% of the fixed remuneration, schedule 11 above is applied;
  • exceeding the materiality threshold but equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration, schedule 7 above is applied.

49 Notwithstanding the provisions of schedule 1, for the cluster in question, schedule 10 also applies if the variable remuneration accrued is of a "particularly high" amount.

4.7 Broad-based Short-Term Plan – PVR ("Premio Variabile di Risultato")

Within the framework of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group Second level National Bargaining Agreement, a Broadbased Short-Term Plan (hereinafter, PVR), addressed to Professionals belonging to all the Control and Governance Areas, the staff functions of the Divisions as well as those operating in the business retail segment, was introduced50 .

The Broad-based Short-Term Plan51 is considered as a productivity bonus envisaged by the National Collective Bargaining Agreement for the Credit Sector and negotiated with the Trade Unions. The Broad-based Short-Term Plan has both a distribution-ownership purpose, as it is aimed at rewarding employees for the contribution provided collectively upon reaching the results for the year, and an incentive purpose, given that, limited to the so-called excellence portion, it intends to reward in a distinctive manner the team's merit and performance.

Reported below is a summary of the operating mechanisms and the main characteristics of the PVR.

In order to provide a dimension of the economic value of the PVR, please note that, with reference to 2024, the average of the Base bonus disbursed is equal to around 1,600 euro.

Transp. Prov.

50 Reference is made to the Retail, Exclusive, Enterprise, Non-profit Sector, Agribusiness and Digital Remote Branches of the Banca dei Territori.

51 As defined by Article 55 of the National Collective Bargaining Agreement applied to middle managers and for personnel belonging to professional areas employed by credit, financial and instrumental companies.

4.7.1 Gateway conditions

The PVR is subject to the minimum gateway conditions requested by the Regulator and non-achievement of even only one of those conditions shall result in non-activation of this system.

These conditions are based, on a priority basis, on the principles envisaged by the prudential regulations concerning capital strength and liquidity, as well as the principles of financial sustainability of the variable component that consist in checking the availability of sufficient economic-financial resources to meeting the expenditure requirement.

These conditions are as follows:

4.7.2 Funding

The Broad-based Short-Term Plan (PVR), as depicted in the summary above, is a unitary bonus consisting of two components, i.e. Base Bonus and Excellence Bonus, and is financed by the Group bonus pool (see paragraph 4.5.2). Similarly to the Group bonus pool, the portion serving the PVR is also composed of two portions:

  • a majority portion indexed to the level of achievement of a profitability measure represented by the Group's Gross Income (so-called "gross income-based bonus pool"). This portion is further split into two parts, to fund, on the one hand, the Base Bonus for all Professionals and, on the other hand, the Excellence Bonus for all Professionals except those working in the Retail and Exclusive Branches of the Banca dei Territori network;
  • a (minority) portion self-financed by the commissions generated by network employees within the scope of Wealth Management & Protection activities or by the Retail and Exclusive Branches of the Banca dei Territori network (so-called "commission-based bonus pool") and earmarked to specifically finance the Excellence Bonus of the personnel working in these Branches.

The Group gross income-based bonus pool serving the PVR is increased progressively starting from exceeding the so-called Access Threshold (i.e. the Group's minimum Gross Income target which, although lower than the budget, is deemed acceptable) up to a predefined cap. If, on the other hand, the Group's Gross Income is positive though lower than the Access Threshold, only the portion of the gross incomebased bonus pool allocated to fully fund the Base Bonus for all Professionals is made available.

The commission-based portion is defined with a bottom-up approach and the amount of resources allocated, if the Group's Gross Income is above the Access Threshold, to fund the Excellence Bonus for the staff of the Retail and Exclusive Branches of the Banca dei Territori network is calculated according to the commissions generated by each segment (i.e. Retail area, Exclusive area). Specifically, the percentage of commissions allocated to fund the bonus is defined according to the level of achievement of the segment's commission budget target and increases progressively once the threshold level is exceeded (i.e., the minimum target of commissions that, although lower than the budget, is deemed acceptable) up to a predefined cap.

Lastly, it should be noted that the correction mechanism for non-financial risks (i.e. Risk related to Operational Losses and Integrated Risk Assessment) is applied to the commission-based portion at the Division level (see paragraph 4.5.2).

4.7.3 Incentive function of the Excellence Bonus

The Excellence Bonus is intended to reward individual merit and distinctive contribution made to the team's results, with different modalities for general employees and the professional profiles of the Branches of the Banca dei Territori network as well as the Complaints Units.

Regardless of the methods to allocate the bonus, only the resources with an evaluation that is at least equal to "in line with expectations" are eligible for the Excellence component.

Focus: The Performance Scorecard of the Banca dei Territori network

The Performance Scorecards for the professional profiles of the Banca dei Territori network, which include targets assessed at Branch level, intend to reward the teamwork of the best Branches and enhance distinctive behaviour, with a focus on achieving sustainable performance over time in terms, among others, of profitability, credit quality, growth, quality of service, customer satisfaction and monitoring of the operational risks.

In particular, also KPIs of a non-financial nature must be included, among which at least:

    1. the Operational Excellence KPI, with the aim of measuring synthetically compliance with the relevant rules on the anti-money laundering, exercise of banking and dealing activities, management of conflicts of interest, transparency towards customers and regulations for consumer protection;
    1. the Service Excellence and Net Promoter Score KPI, with the aim of measuring synthetically the quality of the service provided in terms of efficiency.

Within the limit of the reference bonus pool, the Excellence Bonus is intended to reward the best branches for each sales region. With reference to calculating the bonus, the Excellence component accrued is defined depending on the score assigned to the Performance Scorecard starting from the minimum score threshold defined each year.

It is also specified that, among the non-financial KPIs, at least the Operational Excellence KPI also has the nature of "gateway condition" for the Excellence Bonus since failure to reach the minimum score set for this indicator precludes its payment.

Focus: The Performance Scorecard of the Complaints Units of Banca dei Territori

In line with the Bank of Italy Provisions regarding "Transparency of the banking and financial transactions and services – correctness of the relations between intermediaries and customers", as part of the Broad-based Short-Term Plan, a specific Performance Scorecard for the team of the Complaints Units of Banca dei Territori was introduced.

The Performance Scorecard includes KPIs that reflect the correct management of complaints (e.g. average processing times, percentage of complaints processed outside the terms of regulations).

4.7.4 Individual access conditions

The payment of one or more PVR portions (Base and Excellence Bonus) is, in any event, subject to verification for the relevant year of the absence of the so-called individual compliance breach, i.e. the absence of disciplinary measures involving at least the suspension from service and pay for a period equal to or greater than one day, including as a result of serious findings received from the Bank's control functions.

In addition, access to the Excellence Bonus is subject to the compliance with the compulsory training assigned in the relevant year.

Transp.
Prov.

Transp. Prov.

Transp. Prov.

4.8 Long-Term Incentive Plans

In conjunction with the launch of the 2022-2025 Business Plan, the Intesa Sanpaolo Group confirmed the use of Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTI) for the motivation and loyalty of its resources, whose involvement and enhancement, at all levels of the organization, are key and enabling factors for the achievement of results.

In fact, in line with its principles of inclusiveness and cohesion, the Group believes that shareholding favours the identification (ownership), alignment with medium / long-term objectives and constitutes a desirable form of sharing the value created over time.

With reference to the 2022-2025 LTI Plans, taking into account the levels of ambition and challenge of the new Business Plan, the Group confirmed the approach adopted in 2018 that consists in clearly differentiating objectives, purposes and consequently long-term incentive instruments intended respectively to:

  • all the Management, including the Managing Director and CEO, the other Group Top Risk Takers and the remaining Group Risk Takers52 – both Italian and foreign perimeter53;
  • the Professionals of the Italian perimeter.

With reference to Management, Intesa Sanpaolo adopts a Plan explicitly connected to the achievement of the objectives of the Business Plan, which has a risk / return profile appropriate to the role held and to the levels of ambition and challenge of such Plan and which provides for the Performance Shares as the financial instrument.

Furthermore, the Group believes that a Retention Plan in substantial continuity with the LECOIP 2.0 Plan is suitable for supporting the motivation of Professionals, with the aim of continuing to strengthen their identification and the spirit of belonging, in line with the inclusive organizational culture of the Group. In light of these considerations, a Retention Plan called "LECOIP 3.0" has been designed for these recipients, which enhances the experience gained through the previous Plans.

In addition to these two Group-wide Incentive Plans, there is a Long-Term Incentive Plan defined by Fideuram and its subsidiaries, specifically addressed to Non-employee Financial Advisors of Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest SIM and IWPI Networks, with the aim of supporting the achievement of the results envisaged by the Plan for the Private Banking Division and to pursue their maintenance over time.

4.8.1 The Performance Share Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Performance Share Long-Term Incentive Plan is aimed at:

  • enhancing the alignment with the objectives of the 2022-2025 Business Plan;
  • guaranteeing a close link between the Bank's performance over time and the long-term variable remuneration of the Managers;
  • directing the Managers towards the value creation for shareholders;
  • enhancing a sustainable performance over time (ESG).

Below is a summary of the key features of the Performance Share Long-Term Incentive Plan (PSP). For further details, please see the Report of the Board of Directors and the attached Information Document54 made available for the purposes of approval of the Plan by the Shareholders' Meeting on 29 April 202255 .

Key Features of the PSP
Topic Features of PSP
Beneficiaries All the Management, including the Managing Director and CEO, the other Group Top Risk Takers

52 Including Group Risk Takers who do not hold managerial positions (if any).

53 With regard to the foreign perimeter, it is highlighted that the Group Risk Takers and selected Strategic Managers are included provided that the allocation of ISP shares complies with their Bank Remuneration and Incentive Policies.

54 Information Document pursuant to Article 114-bis CLF and Article 84-bis of Regulation adopted by CONSOB with Resolution no. 11971/99.

55 Report of the Board of Directors, Ordinary Part, Item 3 f) on the agenda "Approval of the 2022-2025 Performance Share Plan Longterm Incentive Plan reserved for the Management of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group" (web site: https://group.intesasanpaolo.com/content/dam/portalgroup/repository-documenti/investor_eng.pdf)relations/Contenuti/RISORSE/Documenti%20PDF/en\_assemblea\_2022/20220323\_Relazione\_parte\_Ordinaria\_punto\_3f)\_eng.p_eng.pdf)

df)_eng.pdf)

Key Features of the PSP
Topic Features of PSP
and the remaining Group Risk Takers56 – both Italian and foreign perimeter (~3000 staff members)
Financial
Instrument
Performance Shares ("PSP Shares") – shares subject to performance conditions
Operating Model Intesa Sanpaolo (ISP) grants the beneficiaries the right to accrue a certain number of PSP Shares at
the end of the Plan provided that gateway conditions are met and performance objectives are
achieved. Specifically, the number of PSP Shares that accrue depends on the level of achievement
of the performance objectives as well as specific sustainability targets.
Methodology for
the calculation of
value at grant
Fair Value of PSP Shares defined on the basis of the Black-Scholes' model, adjusted for the
availability constraints and probability of employees being still employed at the end of the performance
accrual period as well as of the achievement of the performance conditions set out in the Plan, in
compliance with the Fair Value Policies adopted by the Bank.
Initial Grant
Differentiated according to the job title based on the Global Banding model adopted by the Group

Up to 100% of Fixed Remuneration for the entire period (25% of the fixed remuneration on an
annual basis) for the Managers not belonging to the Company Control Functions

Up to 75% of Gross Annual Remuneration for the entire period (18.75% of the Gross Annual
Remuneration on an annual basis) for the Managers of the Company Control Functions
Gateway
conditions
In line with regulatory requirements.
Group-level gates that must be achieved each year of the Plan:

CET1 ≥ hard limit set by the Group RAF

Leverage Ratio ≥ Hard Limit set by the Group RAF

MREL ≥ Earling Warning limit set by the Group RAF

NSFR ≥ hard limit set by the Group RAF

No loss and positive Gross Income at Group Level

LCR ≥ hard limit set by the Group RAF (this condition only applies to Top Risk Takers).
Additionally, also the following gates at Group level must be assessed:

at the launch of the Plan (2022) and at the end of the Plan, of the result of the ICAAP;

in the 2025, the recommendations on distributions by competent authorities and European
supervisory authorities which could result in a possible reduction down to the zero of the accrued
bonus.
Performance
Conditions
KPI % of shares
accruable at
target level
Managers in Business and Governance Functions
threshold target* overtarget
OI/RWA 5.9% 6.2% 6.8% 30%
Cost/Income
NPL ratio
49.5%
1.65%
46.4%
1.6%
44.9%
1.58%
25%
15%
Managers in Control Functions
Qualitative evaluation of the strength and the overall effectiveness of the
70%
internal control system throughout the duration of the 2022-2025 Plan
All Managers
Relative TSR
measured on the basis of
the positioning occupied
by ISP in the Peer Group57
of the Business Plan
median rd quartile
3
above 3rd
quartile
30%
* The target levels are the ones set in the Business Plan as at 2025.
A pay-for-performance curve is defined for each KPI and provides for the identification of a minimum
level (so-called threshold), against which a percentage of shares equal to 50% of those envisaged at

56 Including Group Risk Takers who do not hold managerial positions (if any).

57 As specified in the Report of the Board of Directors for the approval of the Plan by the Shareholders' Meeting: (i) the Peer Group used by ISP includes Barclays, BBVA, BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole SA, Commerzbank, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, ING, Lloyds Banking Gr., Nordea, Santander, Société Générale, Std Chartered, UBS, UniCredit; and (ii) in the event of takeovers to which one of the companies of the Peer Group is subjected, or if the data of any of the companies of the Peer Group are not available, the ISP Board of Directors can evaluate changes in the composition of the Peer Group by excluding the abovementioned companies. Following Credit Suisse's ("CS") delisting in June 2023 and its acquisition by UBS, the Board of Directors, after the Remuneration Committee's analysis, decided to calculate CS's TSR as follows: [(UBS's Share Price at the end of the period – CS's Share Price at the beginning of the period x 22.48 + dividends paid by CS in 2022 x 22.48 + dividends paid by UBS in 2023, 2024 and 2025) / CS's Share Price at the beginning of the period x 22.48], where 22.48 is the exchange ratio established as part of the acquisition operation and is subject to possible variation, subject to validation by the Remuneration Committee, if said ratio is revised by the end of the reference period of the Plan as a result of the class action initiated by some former CS shareholders.

Key Features of the PSP
Topic Features of PSP
target is accruable, which increases up to a maximum level above the target (so-called overtarget)
against which the % of shares accruable is up to a maximum of +50% with respect to the target.
It is specified that:

for performance levels below the threshold, no portion of shares is paid

for performance levels higher than the overtarget, no further increases are envisaged in the portion
of shares recognized (so-called cap principle).
The total amount of shares accruable at the end cannot, in any case, exceed 100% of the shares
assigned at target for the set of KPIs. In other words, the only case where it is possible to assign a
number of Performance Shares higher than that envisaged at target for a given KPI whose
performance is higher than the target is if the performance of another KPI is lower than the
respective target (since this does not determine the assignment of Performance Shares
corresponding to its target).
Performance
Accrual Period
In line with the 2022-2025 Business Plan time horizon.
De-multipliers
based on
sustainability
targets
1.
Composite ESG KPI composed of a sub-KPI for each of the 3 factors in which ESG (Environmental, Social and
Governance) is articulated, whose target level is defined in the 2022-2025 Business Plan;
Factors
Weight Threshold Target Overtarget
Environmental New lending to the
green/circular economy and
green transition with a major
focus on supporting
Corporates/SMEs transition
40% 79.2
billion
euro
88
billion
euro
105.6
billion
euro
Social Number of employees who
successfully completed re
skilling training and were
employed in a job in line with
their newly acquired skills, or
who completed up-skilling
training
40% 7,200 8,000 9,600
Governance % of women newly
nominated in senior
positions (-1 and -2
organizational levels under
the CEO)
20% 45% 50% 60%

Acts as a de-multiplier reducing the number of shares that vest at the end of the Plan:
o
by 10% if the achievement of the ESG KPI is < the target level but ≥ the threshold level;
o
by 20% if the achievement of the ESG KPI is < the threshold level;

Measured at the end of the accrual period.
2.
Capital Target (applicable only to Business and Governance functions)

measures the maintenance, for the time Plan's horizon, of the CET1 levels above the target
defined in the Group RAF in the time frame of the Plan;

Acts as de-multiplier reducing the number of shares that vest at the end of the Plan by 10%
per each year of breach (with a cap of 40% over the entire accrual period);

Measured throughout the accrual period.
Individual access
conditions
Absence of individual compliance breaches set in the 2022 Group Remuneration and Incentive
Policies i.e.:

disciplinary measures involving suspension from service and pay for a period equal to or greater
than one day, including as a result of serious findings received from the control functions;

specific penalties nominally imposed by the Supervisory Authorities for breaches of the
obligations as per Article 26 of the Consolidated Law on Banking regarding the requirements of
professionalism, integrity and independence or Article 53, paragraph 4, of the Consolidated Law
on Banking and following on the matter of transactions with related parties and of the obligations
regarding remuneration and incentives referred to in CRD – involving a penalty of an amount
equal to or greater than 30,000 euro;

behaviour non-compliant with the legal and regulatory provisions, Articles of Association or any
codes of ethics and conduct established ex ante by the Group or relevant Company and from
which a "significant loss" derived for the Company or the customer.
Pay-out
schedules
Pay-out schedules as defined in the 2022 Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies, i.e.:

differentiated according to whether or not the beneficiary belongs to the Risk Taker segment and,
in the latter case, according to the Risk Taker cluster (i.e. Group Top Risk Taker, Top Risk Taker
in significant Legal Entities, or other Risk Taker), the amount of the total variable remuneration
(higher or lower than the "particularly high" amount or than the "materiality threshold" as will be
defined in the 2025 Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies) and its ratio to the fixed
remuneration.

Key Features of the PSP
Topic Features of PSP
The settlement is fully in Intesa Sanpaolo (ISP) shares58
In particular:

for the Group's Top Risk Takers and all those who, regardless of the segment to which they
belong, accrue a variable remuneration of a "particularly high" amount, 60% of the accrued
variable remuneration is deferred over a 5-year time horizon and, depending on the incidence on
fixed remuneration, 60%-55% of it is awarded in shares subject to a retention period (the
remainder, on the other hand, is awarded in shares not subject to a retention period);

for the Top Risk Takers of significant Legal Entities, depending on the incidence on fixed
remuneration, 50%-40% of the accrued variable remuneration is deferred over a 5-year time
horizon and 60%-55% of it is awarded in shares subject to a retention period (the remainder, on
the other hand, is awarded in shares not subject to a retention period);

for other Top Risk Takers, depending on the incidence on fixed remuneration, 50%-40% of the
accrued variable remuneration is deferred over a 4-year time horizon and 50% of it is awarded in
shares subject to a retention period (the remainder, on the other hand, is awarded in shares not
subject to a retention period);

for the remaining Managers
o
in the event that the variable remuneration accrued exceeds the materiality threshold and the
fixed remuneration, 40% of the accrued variable remuneration is deferred over a 3-year time
horizon and 50% of it is awarded in shares subject to a retention period (the remainder, on
the other hand, is awarded in shares not subject to a retention period);
o
in the event that the variable remuneration accrued exceeds the materiality threshold but is
equal to or less than the fixed remuneration (or vice versa), 40% of the accrued variable
remuneration is deferred over a 2-year time horizon and 100% of it is paid in shares not
subject to a retention period.
In any case, regardless of the clusters, if the accrued variable remuneration is equal to or lower than
the materiality threshold and equal to or lower than the fixed remuneration, the payment is made
upfront, entirely in shares not subject to a retention period.
Malus conditions Malus conditions may reduce down to zero the deferred instalments of PSP Shares not yet vested.
They are symmetrical to the gateway conditions and to the individual access conditions.
Clawback As defined in the 2022 Remuneration and Incentive Policies.
Specifically, this mechanism provides for the repayment of the bonus already disbursed as provided
for in the regulations, in the context of: disciplinary initiatives and measures for fraudulent or grossly
negligent behaviour by the personnel concerned, also taking into account the relevant legal,
contribution and fiscal profiles; breaches of the obligations under Article 26 of the Consolidated Law
on Banking or, when the person is an interested party, breaches of Article 53, paragraphs 4 et seq.
of the Consolidated Law on Banking or of the obligations regarding remuneration and incentives;
behaviour non-compliant with the legal and regulatory provisions, Articles of Association or any codes
of ethics and conduct established ex ante by the Group or relevant Company and from which a
"significant loss" derived for the Company or the customer. This mechanism can be applied in the 5
years following the payment of the single (advanced or deferred) portion of the bonus.
Treatment in
case of

Eligibility to participate to the PSP is lost in case of resignation, termination for cause or justified
reason, mutual termination and similar situations
extraordinary
events

In case the beneficiary reaches the retirement age, signs up to the pre-retirement solidarity fund
"Fondo di Solidarietà", death of the beneficiary or in case of sale of the subsidiary or a business
line where the manager is employed to third parties a prorated payment will take place at the
natural end of the Plan

In case of change of control, depending on the classification of the transaction given by the Board
of Directors as:
o
accelerated pro-rata cash settlement in case of a successful hostile takeover;
o
settlement at the original end of the Plan in shares of the new Entity in case of a change of
control considered non-hostile.
Dilution ~0.51% (assuming a price per ISP share of 2.20 euro).
Cost The Shareholders' Meeting held on 29 April 2022 approved a maximum cost of 180 million euro for
the period 2022-2025, including first-time recipients as well as any Managers newly hired or promoted
up to 31 December 2023; in this regard it should be noted that:

as at 31 December 2022, the cost of the Plan for current beneficiaries is about 150 million euro;

the final cost of the Plan will be reported in the Remuneration and Incentive Policies for 2024.

58 Except for the staff of the Group Asset Management Companies (SGR entities) for which, in compliance with the applicable regulations, the payment will be 50% in Intesa Sanpaolo shares and the remaining 50% in shares of the funds managed or in a combination that takes into account as much as possible the proportion of them, or in equity equivalent, instruments linked to units or shares or other equivalent non-monetary instruments that are equally effective in aligning incentives.

4.8.2 The LECOIP 3.0 Plan

The LECOIP 3.0 Plan, in coherence with the Bank's principles of inclusivity and cohesion, is aimed at:

  • enhancing the alignment of all employees with the long-term objectives of the 2022-2025 Business Plan;
  • enabling the sharing of the value created over time, at every level of the organization, thanks to the achievement of the above-mentioned objectives;
  • continuing to strengthen their identification (so-called ownership) and the spirit of belonging to the Intesa Sanpaolo Group;
  • enhancing a sustainable performance over time (ESG).

Below is a summary of the key features of the LECOIP 3.0 Plan; for further details, please see the Report of the Board of Directors and the Information Document59 made available for the purposes of approval of the Plan by the Shareholders' Meeting on 29 April 202260 .

Key Features of the LECOIP 3.0 Plan
Topic Features of LECOIP 3.0
Beneficiaries Professionals of the Italy perimeter (about 72,000 recipients of which 45,629 are subscribers of
LECOIP 3.0 Certificates – none of the recipients are identified as Risk Takers).
Financial
instrument
Professional LECOIP 3.0 Certificates issued by a third-party entity.
Participation
Model
i.
ii.
on Discounted Shares.
Each beneficiary is entitled to receive an advance payment of the 2022 PVR (productivity award,
negotiated with the Trade Unions): (a) in cash or (b) alternatively, in shares (Free Shares), with the
obligation, in case shares are chosen, to allocate them in the ECOIP 3.0 Certificates, for which:
a capital protected from share price volatility is given and this is grater that the initially invested
capital (i.e. "Initially Allocated Capital"). The Initially Allocated Capital is composed of Free Shares
and an amount of Matching Shares added by the Group for the participation to the Plan;
appreciation is calculated on a larger shares base (other than the Protected Capital, also the so
called Discounted Shares, that is 6 times the Protected Capital).
The Group also assigns to the employee a quantum of Sell to Cover Shares in order to cover the tax
obligations arising from the allocation of Free and Matching Shares and the enjoyment of the discount
Amount of
Initially
Allocated
Capital

Differentiated by titling (if defined) or seniority and professional family (e.g. Investment Banking,
Asset Management, Governance Functions, etc.)

Negotiated with the Trade Unions.
Trigger
Event
2022 - 2025
i.
The Matching Shares are subject to, in each year of plan, the satisfying of the condition CET1 ≥
hard limit set by the Group RAF.
ii.
If the Group reaches the target level of the ESG composite KPI defined in the 2022-2025 Business
Plan, a minimum appreciation of 4% calculated as a fixed percentage of the Initially Allocated Capital
is paid.
This KPI consists of a sub-KPI for each of the 3 factors in which ESG (Environmental, Social and
Governance) is articulated:
Factors Weight Threshold Target Overtarget
Environmental New lending to the
green/circular economy and
green transition with a major
focus on supporting
Corporates/SMEs transition
40% 79.2
billion
euro
88
billion
euro
105.6
billion
euro
Social Number of employees who
successfully completed re
skilling training and were
employed in a job in line
with their newly acquired
skills, or who completed up
skilling training
40% 7,200 8,000 9,600

59 Information Document pursuant to Article 114-bis CLF and Article 84-bis of Regulation adopted by CONSOB with Resolution no. 11971/99.

60 Report of the Board of Directors, Ordinary Part, Item 3 g) on the agenda "Approval of the 2022-2025 LECOIP 3.0 Long-term Incentive Plan reserved for the Professionals of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group." (web site: https://group.intesasanpaolo.com/content/dam/portalgroup/repository-documenti/investor-_eng.pdf)

relations/Contenuti/RISORSE/Documenti%20PDF/en\_assemblea\_2022/20220323\_Relazione\_parte\_Ordinaria\_punto\_3g)\_eng.pdf_eng.pdf)

Key Features of the LECOIP 3.0 Plan
Topic Features of LECOIP 3.0
Governance % of women newly
nominated in senior
positions (-1 and -2
organizational levels under
the CEO)
20% 45% 50% 60%
Share price
appreciation
model
Asian floored mechanism on Jet option: appreciation deriving from monthly observations is calculated as
the difference between share price at the moment of observation and share price at grant (any negative
differences are not taken into consideration, so they do not determine a decrease in the overall net value
accrued until that time).
The option increases in value more than proportionally for moderate increases of the price of the
underlying ISP shares and to a lesser extent for higher increases, up to a predefined cap.
Vesting
Period
In line with the 2022-2025 Business Plan time horizon.
Individual
access
conditions
Absence of individual compliance breaches as defined in the Group's Remuneration and Incentive
Policies, i.e. absence of disciplinary measures involving suspension from service and pay for a period
Pay-out
schedules
equal to or greater than one day, including as a result of serious findings received from the control
functions.
Generally, cash pay-out in 2026. Employees may request pay-out in ISP ordinary shares on a voluntary
basis.
Specific pay-out schedules are defined for residual cases at the launch of the Plan, taking into account
provisions of the 2022 Remuneration and Incentive Policies. These schemes are differentiated according
to the employee cluster the recipient belongs to when the bonus is accrued as well as the amount of the
total variable remuneration (higher or lower than the "particularly high" amount or than the "materiality
threshold" as will be defined in the 2025 Group Remuneration and Incentive Policies) and its ratio to the
fixed remuneration.
In particular:

for Professionals:
o
in the event that the total variable remuneration accrued exceeds the materiality threshold and
the fixed remuneration, 40% of the accrued variable remuneration is deferred over a 3-year time
horizon and 50% of it is awarded in shares subject to a retention period (the remainder, on the
other hand, is paid in cash);
o
in the event that the total variable remuneration accrued exceeds the materiality threshold but is
equal to or less than the fixed remuneration (or vice versa), 40% of the accrued variable
remuneration is deferred over a 2-year time horizon and is paid entirely in cash;

for Risk Takers identified at the bonus accrual date, depending on the incidence on fixed
remuneration, 50%-40% of the accrued variable remuneration is deferred over a 4-year time horizon
and 50% of it is awarded in shares subject to a retention period (the remainder, on the other hand,
is paid in cash);

for the Group's Top Risk Takers identified at the bonus accrual date and all those who, regardless
of the segment to which they belong, accrue a variable remuneration of a "particularly high" amount,
60% of the accrued variable remuneration is deferred over a 5-year time horizon and, depending on
the incidence on fixed remuneration, 60%-55% of it is awarded in shares subject to a retention period
(the remainder, on the other hand, is paid in cash);

for Top Risk Takers of significant Legal Entities identified at the bonus accrual date, depending on
the incidence on fixed remuneration, 50%-40% of the accrued variable remuneration is deferred over
a 5-year time horizon and 60%-55% of it is awarded in shares subject to a retention period (the
remainder, on the other hand, is paid in cash).
In any case, regardless of the clusters, if the accrued variable remuneration is equal to or less than the
materiality threshold and equal to or less than the fixed remuneration, the pay-out is upfront entirely in
Clawback As defined in the 2022 Remuneration and Incentive Policies.
Specifically, this mechanism provides for the repayment of the bonus already disbursed as provided for
in the regulations, in the context of: initiatives and disciplinary measures envisaged for fraudulent or
grossly negligent behaviour by personnel, also taking into account the relevant legal, contribution and
fiscal profiles; behaviour non-compliant with the legal and regulatory provisions, Articles of Association
or any codes of ethics and conduct established ex ante by the Group or relevant Company and from
which a "significant loss" derived for the Company or the customer. This mechanism can be applied in
the 5 years following the payment of the single (advanced or deferred) portion of the bonus.
Treatment of
LECOIP 3.0
in case of
extraordinary
events

Eligibility to participate to LECOIP 3.0 is lost in case of resignation, termination for cause or justified
reason, mutual termination and similar situations

In case the beneficiary reaches the retirement age, signs up to the pre-retirement solidarity fund
"Fondo di Solidarietà", death of the beneficiary or in case of sale of the subsidiary or a business line

Key Features of the LECOIP 3.0 Plan
Topic Features of LECOIP 3.0
where the manager is employed to third parties a prorated payment will take place at the natural end
of the Plan
Prorated payment before the natural end of the Plan in case of change of control61
Source of
Shares
serving the
Plan
Share capital increase (inclusive of share premium), pursuant to Article 2349, paragraph 1 of the Italian
Civil Code, for an amount of 83,200,000 euro, with the issue of 160,000,000 Intesa Sanpaolo ordinary
shares.
Share capital increase (inclusive of share premium and net of the discount) pursuant to Article 2441,
paragraph 8 of the Italian Civil Code, for an amount of 201,225,782.16 euro, with the issue of 386,972,658
Intesa Sanpaolo ordinary shares at a price of 1.5671 euro (applying a discount of 17.867% to the
aforementioned arithmetic average of the VWAP recorded in the 30 calendar days preceding 30 June
2022), of which 0.52 euro to be attributed to share capital and 1.0471 euro to share premium – Source:
Press release of 29 June 2022
CET1 + 606 million euro, equal to + 18 bps on the basis of the data as of 31.03.2022 (Discounted Shares were
issued on the basis of a discounted capital increase) – Source: Press release of 29 June 2022
Dilution 2.74% (assuming a price per ISP share of 1.9080 euro) – Source: Press release of 29 June 2022
Cost 450 million euro for the 2022-2025 period.

4.8.3 2022-2025 Long-term Incentive Plan addressed to Non-employee Financial Advisors

The 2022-2025 Long-term Incentive Plan addressed to Non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks – launched in conjunction with the release of the 2022-2025 Intesa Sanpaolo Business Plan – is aimed at backing the achievement of the results stated in the Business Plan for the Private Banking Division and ensuring that these are maintained over time.

Below is a summary of the key features of the Plan.

Summary of the key features of 2022-2025 Long-term Incentive Plan addressed to Non-employee Financial
Advisors (FA) of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks
Beneficiaries Beneficiaries are divided into two categories:
Risk
Taker
FAs
identified
based
on
Remaining Subjects, including the Risk
qualitative, additional criteria and, for at least
Takers
identified
as
such
based
two years, based on quantitative criteria
quantitative
criteria
for
a
period
exceeding one year
Financial instrument Intesa Sanpaolo ordinary shares
Cash
Funding and bonus
pool correction
mechanism for non
financial risks
In general terms, the Plan is self-financed by the fee and commission income generated in
the period. For prudential reasons, in line with the previous Plan, a maximum spending cap
(the so-called maximum bonus pool of the Networks) is set in the amount of 200 million euro
compared to an expenditure forecast of 125 million euro, calculated on the basis of the
achievement of 100% of the objectives by all beneficiaries.
The maximum bonus pool is subject to a correction mechanism for non-financial risks, i.e.
the reduction down to zero in case of: integrated assessment of the risks exceeding the limits
envisaged in the Fideuram Group's RAF and/or Operational Losses exceeding the limit
envisaged in the Fideuram Group's RAF.
Gateway conditions In line with the other Incentive Systems, the following gateway conditions are envisaged at
Intesa Sanpaolo Group and Fideuram Group level.
1.
Intesa Sanpaolo Group gateway conditions, that must be achieved each year of the
Plan:

CET1 ≥ hard limit set by the Group RAF

Leverage Ratio ≥ Hard Limit set by the Group RAF

MREL ≥ Earling Warning limit set by the Group RAF

NSFR ≥ hard limit set by the Group RAF

No loss and positive Gross Income (only for the Risk Takers of the Plan)
Additionally, the Plan is also subject to the verification of these further gates:

assessment – at the start (i.e. 2022) and at the end of Plan – of the results of the
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process ("ICAAP");

61 Advance payment (at the time of the change of control) with "deductible" i.e. the amount paid pro-rata can never be less than the countervalue of the Free Shares at the assignment.

Summary of the key features of 2022-2025 Long-term Incentive Plan addressed to Non-employee Financial
Advisors (FA) of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks

in 2025 of the recommendations on distributions by the competent authorities and
the European supervisory authorities which can determine a potential reduction
(down to zero) of the accrued bonus.
2.
Fideuram Group gateway conditions, that must be achieved each year of the Plan:

CET1 ≥ hard limit set by the Group RAF

Leverage Ratio ≥ Hard Limit set by the Group RAF

NSFR ≥ hard limit set by the Group RAF

No loss and positive Gross Income
In addition to the previous ones, the following individual conditions are envisaged:
3.
''Compliance'' gates connected to specific compliance objectives for the financial advice
business:

«quality indicator» ≥ % gradually increasing over the time horizon of the Plan (%
customers with updated MiFID profile)

«anti-money laundering indicator» ≥ % gradually increasing over the time horizon
of the Plan (% valid AML Due Diligence Questionnaires)

«risk indicator» ≥ % gradually increasing over the time horizon of the Plan (%
customers appropriate to the MiFID risk profile)
4.
Absence of well-founded complaints individually lodged and with an economic value
exceeding 15,000 euro
5.
Gate linked to the "Social" dimension of ESG (i.e. attainment of ESG-EFPA Certification)
Performance Accrual
Period
In line with the 2022-2025 Business Plan time horizon
Performance conditions
Performance conditions at Fideuram Group level: Net fee and commission income in the 2025
budget generated by the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks

Performance conditions at individual level (or relating to the group of supervised FAs for
FAs with an accessory contract): growth of the 2022-2024 Total Net Inflows (TNI) and
related prospective profitability (expressed by the ratio between the Total Net Inflows
and the Gross Added Value62)
Multipliers/ de
multipliers of the bonus
1.
Bonus/Malus linked to maintaining TNI profitability in 2025 measured by the ratio
between 2022-2024 TNI and 2022-2025 GAV
2.
Malus related to ESG perspectives (i.e. Environmental: for all FAs, bonus reduction
based on the failing of Digital Index – paperless target by 2025; Social: for FAs with an
accessory contract only, bonus reduction based on lack of the achievement of the target
number of young FAs under 35 included in the Plan period; Governance: for Area
Managers and Divisional Managers only, bonus reduction based on lack of the
achievement of the female managers' appointment/promotion target over the Plan
period)
3.
Bonus/Malus linked to the overall results of the supervised FAs (i.e. for FAs with an
accessory contract only – bonus increase/reduction according to the number of
supervised FAs who were awarded bonuses)
Individual access
conditions (so-called
compliance breach)
Exclusion of the FAs who are suspended through a resolution by the Disciplinary Committee,
except for those cases that are suitably justified by the Disciplinary Committee.
Furthermore, the accrued bonus is subject to a correction mechanism in the presence of
written warning measures taken by the Disciplinary Committee in the four-year period. More
specifically, a 25% decrease is envisaged in relation to the bonus accrued for FAs towards
whom there are two written warnings. In the event of any further warning measures during
the four-year period, the FAs shall be definitively excluded from the LTIP.
Pay-out schedules Starting from 2026 according to differentiated pay-out schedules on the basis of the FA
category, the amount of the total non-recurring remuneration and its incidence with respect
to recurring remuneration
Malus conditions Malus conditions may reduce accrued deferred shares not yet vested up to complete
forfeiture of the deferrals
Malus conditions are symmetrical to the gateway conditions
Clawback In line with the provisions of the Remuneration and Incentive Policies.
Specifically, this mechanism provides for the repayment of the bonus already disbursed as
provided for in the regulations, in the context of: disciplinary initiatives and measures for
fraudulent or grossly negligent behaviour by the personnel concerned, also taking into

62 The Gross Added Value (hereinafter GAV) is a synthetic indicator introduced as "proxy" for the profitability of the commercial package of the Financial Advisors, which expresses the prospective incremental value generated in a solar year by the commercial actions.

Summary of the key features of 2022-2025 Long-term Incentive Plan addressed to Non-employee Financial Advisors (FA) of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IWPI Networks

account the relevant legal, contribution and fiscal profiles; behaviour non-compliant with the
legal and regulatory provisions, Articles of Association or any codes of ethics and conduct
established ex ante by the Group or relevant Company and from which a "significant loss"
derived for the Company or the customer. The mechanism may be applied in the 5 years
following the payment of the individual portion (up-front or deferred) of variable remuneration.
Treatment in case of
extraordinary events
Eligibility to participate to the Plan is lost in the event of termination of the agency agreement
prior to the bonus accrual date.
Pro-rata settlement at the natural end of the Plan: in case the beneficiary reaches the
retirement age, in case of death or in case change of control of Fideuram or sale of a
subsidiary owned by Fideuram to third parties.
In case of change of control of the Parent Company Intesa Sanpaolo, depending on the
classification of the transaction given by ISP Board of Directors as:

hostile: accelerated pro-rata cash settlement;

non-hostile: settlement at the ''natural'' end of the Plan (in shares of the new Entity for FAs
who are recipient of shares; in cash for the remaining FAs).

4.8.4 Other Long-Term Incentive Plans

The Group may provide for specific long-term incentive plans by personnel category and business segments.

These plans comply with all the rules applicable to variable remuneration (i.e. gateway conditions, individual access conditions, malus and clawback as well as the payment methods).

Focus: Long term incentive plans for the personnel of the "Investments" area of asset management companies that manage AIFs

For the personnel of the "Investments" area of Eurizon Capital Real Asset (ECRA) SGR and Neva SGR, in order to reinforce the alignment of interests between the management and the investors, long term incentive plans were adopted that provide for the use of phantom instruments which virtually replicate the effects of a direct investment in certain shares of the funds managed by these companies that have specific characteristics, including that of assigning a proportionally higher share of profits than those assigned to other investors. Furthermore, incentive plans with similar structure and characteristics and connected to the existing portfolio management Mandates were launched in ECRA SGR.

The bonuses that shall accrue, if any, conditioned upon the achievement of a certain target return rate, will be paid after the liquidation of the Fund (or at the end of the management Mandates) and will be calculated in the cap between variable and fixed remuneration, which, for these employees, is equal to 400% (please see par. 4.4.2).

These Plans are described in the Remuneration Policies of the asset management companies and are regulated in detail in specific regulations.

When new funds are launched or new management mandates are signed, new long-term incentive plans with the characteristics described above may be adopted.

Focus: Loyalty Plan for the employees of the Private Banking Network

For the in-house private bankers of the Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking Network – starting from 2025 – a specific multi-year retention plan connected to performance is envisaged. This plan is aimed at strengthening the loyalty of the resources and the related assets under management as well as encouraging the portfolio re-allocations (Loyalty Plan).

The Loyalty Plan consists in the allocation of an initial amount identified on the basis of the assets under management in the portfolio and of their type as well as the age of the Private Banker, adjusted each year, until the accrual, depending on the portfolio flows and the quality of the growth.

The bonus is accrued only at the termination of employment relationship due to retirement or access to the Solidarity Fund.

4.9 Termination of the employment agreement

The termination of the employment agreement involving personnel with state pension or seniority pension rights and/or "Assicurazione generale obbligatoria" (AGO) pension treatment does not result in loss of the right to payment of the entitled amounts, even deferred.

R. 27

In all other cases, the Bank has the right to award any amounts, depending on the specific situations, upon termination of the employment agreement, also through individual mutual settlement agreements. Furthermore, ex-ante individual agreements may be entered into for the determination of the remuneration to be granted in the event of early termination of the relationship, provided that these agreements must comply with all the conditions set out in the Remuneration Policies and in the Supervisory Provisions (see Focus: Individual Severance Agreements defined ex ante in paragraph 4.9.1).

In recent years, the Bank has signed specific agreements with the Trade Unions with regard to the "solidarity fund", applied to employees of all levels, including executives, which also govern the treatment of sums payable to personnel upon termination of the employment agreement in the event of extraordinary transactions and/or company reorganisations63 .

4.9.1 Severance

4.9.1.1 Definition

According to the Regulations on remuneration, the payment agreed in any way and/or form in view of or upon early termination of the employment agreement or early termination of office for the amount exceeding the legal or the National Collective Bargaining Agreement (CCNL) provisions concerning the indemnity in lieu of notice where provided, constitutes the so-called severance. The non-competition agreement is included among these, depending on the total amount paid.

With regard to the components that are included in the severance payment, the Supervisory Provisions require that the limits and criteria to be submitted to the approval of the Shareholders' Meeting should be defined ex ante.

4.9.1.2 Maximum limits

Based on international and national best practices, the Group has set a maximum limit equal to 24 months of the fixed remuneration64 for compensation paid as severance. The adoption of this limit can lead to a maximum disbursement of 5.2 million euro65 .

63 On this regard, please note that Section III, par. 2.2.3 of the Supervisory Provisions on remuneration and incentive policies and practices provides specific exceptions to the regulations applicable to the amounts agreed in view of or upon the early termination of the employment relationship or the early termination of the office or to incentives for redundancy, in the context of extraordinary operations or corporate restructuring processes, provided that the conditions described therein are respected. 64 Unless otherwise provided by local laws (i.e. Egypt).

65 The fixed remuneration includes the gross annual remuneration and any role allowance and/or remuneration received for the office and not transferred.

Focus: Comparison with the National Collective Bargaining Agreement and national industry practices

It should be noted that the definition of said maximum limit adopted by the Group falls well below the provisions of the sector's National Collective Bargaining Agreement (which allows to issue up to a maximum of 39 monthly payments, including the indemnity for failed notice) and national practices (36 monthly payments, of which up to 24 in excess of the indemnity for failed notice), discounting, de facto and ex ante, the assumption that the early termination of the employment relationship should not represent a rewarding element, which translates into the containment of the sums payable on that account, in line with the application of the "no reward for failure" principle.

4.9.1.3 Accumulation of severance with variable remuneration

As required by Regulations on remuneration, the compensation paid as severance is included in the calculation of the ratio between the variable remuneration due and the fixed remuneration of the last year of employment at the company.

In particular, the compensation paid as severance is added to the bonus due for the last year of employment at the company, excluding the mandatory amounts paid pursuant to national labour legislation and the amounts agreed and granted:

  • based on a non-competition agreement, for the portion which, for each year of duration of the agreement, does not exceed the last year of fixed remuneration;
  • within an agreement reached in order to settle a current or potential dispute (wherever reached), if calculated according to a predefined calculation formula approved by the Shareholders' Meeting in advance.

Intesa Sanpaolo intends to adopt the following formula differentiated by cluster of personnel and indexed to the number of years of employment at the company.

Company tenure (years) Severance
Up to 2 2 months of fixed remuneration
More than 2 and up to 21 2 months of fixed remuneration + half month for each year
of employment (starting from the third year)
More than 21 12 months of fixed remuneration

Employees assigned a job title as part of the Group's Global Banding System

Remaining personnel

Company tenure (years) Severance
Up to 2 1 month of fixed remuneration
More than 2 and up to 21 1 month of fixed remuneration + a quarter of a month for
each year of employment (starting from the third year)
More than 21 6 months of fixed remuneration

In addition, it is specified that in the foreign countries where the local regulations or collective agreements for the industry or business include a specific formula to calculate the severance, the definitions are applied in place of the formula defined by Intesa Sanpaolo.

4.9.1.4 Payment methods

The components included in the severance are considered similar to the variable remuneration and, as such, are subject to the payment methods defined in line with the Supervisory Provisions and depending on the cluster of personnel, the amount and its weight compared to the fixed remuneration (see paragraph 4.6).

Said Provisions are also consistent with the provisions laid down by the Regulation implementing Article 4-undecies and Article 6, paragraph 1, letters b) and c-bis) of the Consolidated Law on Finance of the Bank of Italy for the personnel of the asset management companies (SGR entities), without prejudice, for the Risk Takers of the Significant ones, to the assignment – in place of the shares – of units or shares of

the UCITS or AIFs managed, or of a combination that takes into account as much as possible their proportion, or of equivalent ownership interests, instruments linked to units or shares or of other equivalent non-monetary instruments that are equally effective in terms of aligning incentives.

4.9.1.5 Criteria

In the Intesa Sanpaolo Group, the principles for the definition of severance – inspired to both the correlation between severance pay and ongoing performance criteria and the control of potential litigation – are:

  • protecting the level of capital strength required by the Regulations;
  • "no reward for failure";
  • irreproachability of individual behaviour (consistency with compliance breach absence criteria).

Please also note that the same gateway (see paragraph 4.5.1), individual access (see paragraph 4.5.5), malus (see paragraph 4.5.6) and clawback conditions (see paragraph 4.5.7) set for variable remuneration for each cluster are applied to severance.

Art. 123 bis (1) (i) CLF

Focus: Individual Severance Agreements defined ex ante

In line with the practices commonly used among competitors and the leading Italian listed companies66 , an agreement containing specific conventional regulations on employment termination is in place with the Managing Director and CEO. More specifically, this agreement, in compliance with the provisions laid down in the Remuneration Policies, provides, in the so-called Good Leaver cases (i.e. dismissal in the absence of just cause or justification; resignation for just cause; removal from the office of Managing Director or related authorisation powers without just cause; substantial reduction of powers; failure to renew the office of Managing Director; loss of the office of General Manager; consensual termination of the employment relationship with the Bank), the disbursement, in addition to the indemnity in lieu of the notice period required by law and the collective bargaining agreement, of an amount by way of severance67 equal to:

  • 24 months of fixed remuneration, provided that the average of the overall Performance Scorecard score relating to the Group annual Incentive System for the three years preceding the date of termination of the employment agreement is equal to or greater than 100%;
  • 12 months of fixed remuneration, where the average of the overall Performance Scorecard score relating to the Group annual Incentive System for the three years preceding the date of termination of the employment agreement is equal to 80%;
  • an amount calculated proportionally, taking into account the above amounts, where the average of the overall Performance Scorecard score relating to the Group annual Incentive System in the three years preceding the date of termination of the employment agreement is greater than 80% but lower than 100%.

Where the average of the overall Performance Scorecard score relating to the group Annual Incentive System for the three years preceding the date of termination of the employment agreement is lower than 80%, no amount will be due to the Managing Director and CEO by way of Severance.

In compliance with the Remuneration Policies, payment of the Severance is in any case subject to the fulfilment of the gateway conditions and compliance with the individual gateway conditions as well as the provisions on the variable to fixed remuneration cap, and the amount paid is subject to Malus and claw-back conditions.

The Severance is paid according to the payment schedules laid down in the Remuneration Policies.

Pursuant to the agreement, and in accordance with the Remuneration Policies, the portions, including any deferred portions, due from annual and multi-year incentive plans are expected to be maintained.

The agreement entered into with the Managing Director and CEO also includes a non-competition agreement for the period following the termination of the employment agreement, which is applied in the same cases of termination of the employment agreement where the Severance is paid, with a duration of 12 months and with an amount equal to an annual fixed remuneration payment.

66 Inter alia, Société Generale, Crédit Agricole, Assicurazioni Generali, Banca Generali, ENEL, Prysmian Group, SNAM and ENI.

67 A portion of this amount, where applicable, will be paid as the amount resulting from the application of the preset formula referred to in the Remuneration Policies (par. 4.9.1.3).

Focus: Process to determinate severance of the Group Top Risk Takers

The specific determination of severance and the definition of individual prior agreements to govern the remuneration to be granted in the event of early termination of the employment for the Group Top Risk Takers, the higher-level Executives of the Company Control Functions and the similar roles for the purpose of the remuneration rules are subject to assessment and approval, by the Board of Directors, which establishes, within the maximum limit approved by the Shareholders' Meeting, the amount deemed adequate taking into account the overall assessment of the performance of the person in different roles held over time and paying particular attention to the capital, liquidity and profitability levels of the Group68 and to the fulfilment of individual gateway conditions (see paragraph 4.5.5). In terms of process, the Board of Directors bases its assessments on the proposal made by the Remuneration Committee, based on an inquiry conducted by the Chief People & Culture Officer Governance Area, with the opinion of the Chief Compliance Officer, on the compliance with the regulatory provisions in force from time to time and on its consistency with the Remuneration and Incentive Policies.

As provided for by the EBA Guidelines, the payments set for early termination of the employment relationship or for early termination from the office are subject to the aforesaid Regulations only in cases where this would not be contrary to the provisions of law relating to the early termination of the employment relationship in a single country, or to the provisions laid down by the judicial authority or as otherwise specifically represented and agreed upon with the Bank of Italy.

4.10 Prohibition of hedging strategies

Intesa Sanpaolo does not remunerate or grant any payments or other benefits to personnel that in any way constitute a circumvention of the regulatory provisions.

Intesa Sanpaolo requires its personnel, through specific agreements, not to adopt strategies of personal hedging or insurance strategies on remuneration or other aspects that may alter or undermine the effects of the alignment with company risk inherent in the Remuneration and Incentive Policies and in the related remuneration mechanisms adopted by the Group. To this end, as part of the rules to implement the Remuneration and Incentive Policies, Intesa Sanpaolo also defines the types of financial transactions and investments that, if carried out, directly or indirectly, by the Risk Takers could constitute forms of hedging compared to the risk exposure as a consequence of applying the Remuneration and Incentive Policies.

68Reference is made, specifically, to the gateway conditions of Incentive Systems (see paragraph 4.5.1).

Section B – Rules for identifying Risk Takers

4.11 Introduction

The regulatory provisions on remuneration and incentive policies (Directive 2013/36/EU - so-called CRD-, hereinafter also the "Directive", as amended by the Directive 2019/878/EU) state that remuneration policies have to be defined and applied proportionally to the roles, the contribution and the impact of the staff on the Intesa Sanpaolo Group, Sub-consolidating Groups69 and the individual Legal Entity risk profile.

The criteria to identify staff that have a material impact on the Intesa Sanpaolo Group risk profile (so-called "Group Risk Takers"), Sub-consolidating Groups (so-called "sub-consolidated Groups Risk Takers"), and the individual Legal Entity controlled by Intesa Sanpaolo (so-called "Legal Entity Risk Takers") are defined in these Rules in compliance with the CRD V and the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/923 (hereinafter the "Regulation" or also "RTS"), which concretely implements and integrates the provisions of the Directive.

In particular, the Regulation integrates the provisions of Article 92, paragraph 3 of the Directive providing criteria aimed at defining:

  • managerial responsibilities and control functions;
  • material business unit and the significant impact on the risk profile of the material unit;
  • other categories of personnel not expressly indicated in the text of the Directive whose professional activity has an impact on the risk profile of the entity comparable with that of the categories of Risk Taker identified by the Directive.

Therefore, the criteria for identifying Risk Takers are stated both in the Directive and in the Regulation and they are divided into:

  • qualitative criteria, related to roles, decision-making power and managerial responsibility of staff, considering also the internal organisation of the Group and of the individual Legal Entity, the nature, scope and complexity of the activities carried out;
  • quantitative criteria, related to gross remuneration thresholds, both in absolute and relative terms, also taking into account the average remuneration paid to members of the Board of Directors and senior management. Some members of personnel, subject to authorization by the Supervisory Authority, identified only on the basis of quantitative criteria, can be excluded from the category of Risk Takers, according to objective conditions and in line with specific restrictions set by the Regulation.

At national level, the Circular 285/2013 of the Bank of Italy (hereinafter also the "Circular") recalls the specific categories of personnel provided by the Directive and refers to the Regulation for further identification criteria highlighting that the entities have to set and apply additional criteria, if necessary to identify further staff that take significant risks.

Furthermore, pursuant to the above-mentioned Circular, not-listed banks that are part of a group are not required to draw up their own rules to identify Risk Takers and may apply the rules prepared by the Parent Company.

This document describes:

  • the rationales that are applied to identify Risk Takers pursuant to qualitative and quantitative criteria set by CRD, the above-mentioned Regulation and the Circular, as well as the additional criteria established in light of the Group organisational structure and business;
  • the way in which the rules to identify Risk Takers must be applied at Group level, at Sub-consolidating Groups level and at the level of the individual Banks that are not obliged to prepare their own remuneration and incentive policies that include the Risk Taker identification Rules.

4.12 Scope

The criteria for identifying the Risk Takers provided for by the Directive, the Regulations and the Circular are applied at consolidated, Sub-consolidated and / or individual level70 .

As for the application at consolidated level, Intesa Sanpaolo, in its capacity as Parent Company (hereinafter the "Parent Company"), identifies the staff that have a material impact on the Group risk profile

69 In this Section it means the Sub-holdings and their Subsidiaries.

70 An exception to this general rule is the quantitative criterion according to which those who fall within the 0.3% of the personnel with the highest remuneration are eligible as Risk Takers, which is applied only at an individual level.

considering all the Group Legal Entities (including Sub-holdings), whether they are subject or not to prudential supervision rules on an individual basis.

The Legal Entities actively participate in the Group Risk Takers identification process carried out by the Parent Company, provide the latter with the necessary information and follow the instructions received.

With reference to the identification of Risk Takers at Sub-consolidated and / or individual level, as regards:

  • Sub-consolidating Groups and Banks that do not prepare their own remuneration policies, the identification at Sub-consolidated level is carried out by the Sub-holding - considering all the Legal Entities of the Sub-consolidating Group that actively participate in this process - whilst at individual level it is conducted by the Legal Entity itself on the basis of the criteria defined in this document and it is, in any case, supervised by the Parent Company;
  • Sub-consolidating Groups and the other Legal Entities of Intesa Sanpaolo Group that, in light of sectorspecific regulations or the jurisdiction where the Sub-holding / the Legal Entity is established or mainly operates, are required to draw up their own Remuneration Policies, the identification of the Risk Takers is conducted by adopting the criteria defined in such Policies, in accordance with the regulations in force in the sector or jurisdiction to which they belong to. These Sub-consolidating Groups/Legal Entities coordinate with the Parent Company which takes care of the overall consistency of the identification process, having regard to the whole Intesa Sanpaolo Group and providing, for this purpose, any additions where it is deemed appropriate.

In any case, the Sub-holding and the individual Legal Entities remain responsible for compliance with the provisions directly applicable to them.

4.13 Definitions and rationales of application

In compliance with the provisions of the Regulation, the main definitions that allow the application of the criteria for identifying Risk Takers are reported below.

4.13.1Managerial Responsibility

  • Pursuant to Article 1, paragraph 1) of the Regulation, "managerial responsibility" means a situation, in which staff members:
  • a) head a business unit or a control function and is directly accountable to the management body as a whole or to a member of the management body or to the senior management;
  • b) head one of the functions laid down in Article 5(a) of the Regulation71;
  • c) head a subordinated business unit, or a subordinated control function in a large institution as defined in Article 4(1), point (146), of Regulation (EU) No 575/201372 and report to a staff member that has the responsibilities as referred to in point (a).

From an organizational point of view, those referred to in the point c) are Heads of structures that are positioned at a hierarchical level equal to maximum n-3 with respect to the Chief Executive Officer and / or the General Manager of the Bank.

In the Intesa Sanpaolo Group, the subjects with managerial responsibilities, when in compliance with the Regulation, are identified taking into account also the Global Banding System adopted by the Group, based on grouping in homogeneous categories managerial positions that are similar for levels of complexity/responsibility managed, measured using the international IPE (International Position Evaluation) methodology.

In this regard, the levels of responsibility that indicate managerial responsibilities are identified by the following titles:

• Executive Director, positions that define and/or exert a strong influence on business/function strategies, consistently with the Division/Group strategies, and lead their implementation even in highcomplex contexts;

71The functions indicated in art. 5, lett. a) of the Regulations are: i) legal affairs; ii) the soundness of accounting policies and procedures; iii) finance, including taxation and budgeting; iv) performing economic analysis; v) the prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing; vi) human resources; vii) the development or implementation of the remuneration policy; viii) information technology; ix) information security; x) managing outsourcing arrangements of critical or important functions referred to in Article 30, paragraph 1, of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2017/565.

72 'Large institution' means an institution that meets any of the following conditions: (a) it is a G-SII; (b) it has been identified as another systemically important institution (O-SII) in accordance with Article 131(1) and (3) of Directive 2013/36/EU; (c) it is, in the Member State in which it is established, one of the three largest institutions in terms of total value of assets; (d) the total value of its assets on an individual basis or, where applicable, on the basis of its consolidated situation in accordance with this Regulation and Directive 2013/36/EU is equal to or greater than EUR 30 billion.

• Senior Director, positions that define function/business/country policies and plans and guarantee their implementation by taking managerial responsibility for financial and human resources.

4.13.2Control Function

Pursuant to Article 1 paragraph 2) of the RTS, "Control Function" means a function that is independent from the business units it controls and that is responsible to provide an objective assessment of institution's risks, review or report on those, including, but not limited to, the risk management function, the compliance function and the internal audit function.

Taking into account the provisions of the Circular 285/2013, for the purposes of applying the definition of Control Function, in addition to the risk management, compliance and audit functions, the anti-money laundering and validation functions are also identified. In addition, given the nature of compliance monitoring, the Manager responsible for preparing the company's financial reports is assimilated to the Heads of the Control Functions.

4.13.3 Subordinated Control Function

By subordinated Control Function it is meant an organizational unit that carries out control activities, reports directly to the Head of one of the Control Functions referred to in the preceding paragraph 4.13.2 and whose Head has a job title no lower than Senior Director.

4.13.4 Material Business unit or material operating / company unit

Pursuant to Article 142 of the (UE) Regulation 575/13 (so-called CRR), "Business unit" or "operating / company unit" is defined as "any independent organizational or legal entity, business lines, geographical locations" (i.e. revenue centers, profit or geographic areas).

Pursuant to Article 1 paragraph 3) of the RTS, a "Business unit" or "operating / company unit" can be defined as "relevant" if it meets at least one of the following criteria:

  • a) it has been allocated internal capital of at least 2 % of the internal capital of the institution as referred to in Article 73 of Directive 2013/36/EU, or is otherwise assessed by the institution as having a material impact on the institution's internal capital;
  • b) it is a core business line as defined in Article 2(1), point (36), of Directive 2014/59/EU that is a line "of business and related services that represent significant sources of revenue, profits or franchise value".

With reference to the provisions of point a), when business units absorb a percentage of internal capital equal to or higher than 2%, the analysis is also carried out on lower-level structures, to verify the organisational units with an economic capital allocation of at least 2%.

In addition, for the identification of Intesa Sanpaolo Group Risk Takers, the measurement of the economic capital absorbed by the units is carried out according to the organisational structure used by Planning &Control for reporting purposes.

With reference to the provisions of point b), for the Intesa Sanpaolo Group, the "core business lines" are the units that meet one of the following requirements:

    1. contribute to the net income of Intesa Sanpaolo Group to an extent at least equal to 5%, calculated on the average of the last 2 years;
    1. contribute to the revenues of Intesa Sanpaolo Group to an extent at least equal to 3%, calculated on the average of the last 2 years;
    1. contribute to the goodwill of Intesa Sanpaolo Group to an extent at least equal to 10%, calculated on the average of the last 2 years.

The above is without prejudice to the possibility of identifying further structures such as operational/business units at the beginning of the year, taking into account their substantial impact on the Group's risk profile.

4.13.5 Subordinated business unit or subordinated operating / company unit

By subordinated business / company unit it is meant an operational / company unit, as defined by Article 142 of Regulation 575/13, which (i) from an organizational point of view, reports to a material business / company unit, (ii) is positioned at a hierarchical level equal to a maximum of n-3 with respect to the Chief Executive Officer and / or the General Manager of the Bank and (iii) whose head is assigned a title no lower than Senior Director.

4.14 Application of the Rules at Intesa Sanpaolo Group Level

4.14.1. Qualitative criteria

For each of the identification criteria, this paragraph lists the corresponding regulations and describes the rationale underlying the identification of Group Risk Takers.

In line with the provisions of Article 92, paragraph 3 of the Directive, the following are Risk Takers:

  • a) the members of the body with strategic supervision and management functions and senior management;
    • The following are identified:
    • a) 1. the members of the Board of Directors of Intesa Sanpaolo in both its strategic supervision and management functions;
    • a) 2. the Managing Director and CEO of Intesa Sanpaolo, his direct reports, the Chief Audit Officer, the Deputies of the Heads of the Divisions and Governance Areas, as well as the Manager responsible for preparing the company's financial reports.

These managers belong to the cluster of so-called Top Risk Takers.

  • b) staff members with managerial responsibilities over control functions or material business units. The following are identified:
    • b) 1. the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Compliance Officer, the Chief Audit Officer, the Head of the Anti-Financial Crime Head Office Department, the Head of Internal Validation & Controls and the Head of Administration, Regulatory, Reporting & Tax Affairs as Manager responsible for preparing the company's financial reports;
    • b) 2. the Executive Directors and Senior Directors who report hierarchically to the staff members identified on the basis of criterion b) 1.

Furthermore, in the material business units, the following are identified:

  • b) 3. the Head of the material business unit if, from an organizational point of view, he/she is positioned at a hierarchical level equal to maximum n-3 with respect to Intesa Sanpaolo Managing Director and CEO. If the unit is a Legal Entity, the Managing Director, the Deputy CEO(s) and/or the General Manager and Co-General Manager(s) of the entity are identified as Heads under this criterion;
  • b) 4. the Executive Directors and Senior Directors who are responsible for business units (i.e. revenue centers, profit or geographical areas) who report to the Head of the material business units referred to in point b) 3 and who, from an organizational point of view, are positioned at a hierarchical level equal to maximum n-3 with respect to Intesa Sanpaolo Managing Director and CEO.

The other categories of personnel not expressly indicated in the text of the Directive whose professional activity has an impact on the risk profile of the Group, in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 of the Regulation, are the following:

  1. the staff member (who) has managerial responsibility73 for legal affairs, the soundness of accounting policies and procedures, finance, including taxation and budgeting, performing economic analysis, the prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing, human resources, the development or implementation of the remuneration policy, information technology, information security, managing outsourcing arrangements of critical or important functions74 .

This criterion identifies the Heads of Intesa Sanpaolo that deal with managing the legal affairs, administrative, accounting, financial reporting, supervisory and taxation obligations, the prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing, human resources (in its functions of staff management and development, management of trade union affairs as well as processing and implementation of the Remuneration Policies), management planning and control, treasury management, IT system and data management, computer security, financial analysis as well as the management of outsourcing arrangements of critical or important functions.

73 According to the provisions of Article 1, point 1) of the Regulations and referred to in paragraph 4.13.1 letter b) of this document, those who are in charge of the functions indicated above have managerial responsibility.

74 As defined in art. 30 (1) of the Delegated Regulation EU 2017/5654.

  1. the staff member has managerial responsibilities for any of the risk categories set out in Articles 79 to 87 of Directive 2013/36/EU75, or is a voting member of a committee responsible for the management of any of the risk categories set out in those Articles;

This criterion identifies the members, with voting rights (as identified in the relevant Regulations) of the Committees set up at Group level and the Heads of the structures responsible for managing a significant portion of the aforementioned corporate risks.

  1. with regard to credit risk exposures of a nominal amount per transaction which represents 0.5% of the institution's Common Equity Tier 1 capital and is at least 5 million euro, the staff referred to in the points a) and b) below are identified.

Taking into account that in the Intesa Sanpaolo Group the credit granting and managing powers are generally proportionate and expressed in Risk Weighted Asset (RWAs) terms, the 0.5% limit of the Common Equity Tier 1 capital compared to the nominal value of a transaction equals, in terms of RWAs, 0.1% of the Common Equity Tier 1 capital, taking as reference an average transaction with ordinary customers. For what regards the Banks / Financial Entities customers, the threshold is increased by 7.6% due to the lower riskiness that distinguishes these customers compared to ordinary ones.

  • a) the staff member has the authority to take, approve or veto decisions on such credit risk exposures; This criterion identifies the staff that have the power of granting credits and/or managing credits disbursed to ordinary and Bank/Financial Institution customers for an amount, converted into RWAs, at least equal to the abovementioned thresholds.
  • b) the staff member is a voting member of a committee which has the authority to take the decisions as referred to in point a). This criterion identifies the members, with voting right, of the Committees – established at Group and individual Bank level – with the power of granting and/or managing credit to both the ordinary and the Banks / Financial Entities customers, expressed in RWAs, at least equal to the abovementioned thresholds.
    1. in relation to an institution for which the derogation for small trading book businesses set out in Article 94 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 does not apply, the staff member meets one of the following criteria:
    2. a) the staff member has the authority to take, approve or veto decisions on transactions on the trading book that in aggregate represent one of the following thresholds:
      • i. where the standardised approach is used, an own funds requirement for market risks that represents 0.5 % or more of the institution's Common Equity Tier 1 capital; No Risk Takers are identified in application of this criterion.
      • ii. […] Where an internal model-based approach is approved for regulatory purposes, 5 % or more of the institution's internal value-at-risk limit for trading book exposures at a 99th percentile (one-tailed confidence interval level); This criterion identifies the staff members who are responsible for the management of a Group

trading book, with a Value at Risk (VAR) equal to or higher than the thresholds referred to herein, as identified in the tables prepared by the Chief Risk Officer pursuant to the Group "Market Risk Charter".

  • b) […] the staff member is a voting member of a committee that has the authority to take the decisions mentioned in point (a) No Takers are identified in application of this criterion since there are no Committees with these powers.
    1. the staff member heads a group of staff members who have individual authorities to commit the institution to transactions and either of the following conditions is met:
    2. a) the sum of these authorities equals or exceeds the threshold set out in point 3 b), or point 4 a) (i) No Risk Takers are identified in addition to those previously identified based on criterion 3 letter a).

75 Reference is made to the following risks: Credit and counterparty risk, Residual risk, Concentration risk, Risks deriving from securitisations, Market risk, Interest rate risk deriving from activities other than trading, Operational risk, Liquidity risk and Risk of excessive leverage.

b) Where an internal model approach is approved for regulatory purposes those authorities amount to 5% or more of the institution's internal value-at-risk limit for trading book exposures at a 99th percentile (one-tailed confidence interval). Where the institution does not calculate a value-at-risk at the level of that staff member the value-at-risk limits of staff under the management of this staff member shall be added up

No Risk Takers are identified in addition to those previously identified based on criterion 4 a) (ii), since the VAR limits are allocated with "top-down" delegations.

    1. the staff member meets either of the following criteria with regard to decision on approving or vetoing the introduction of new products:
    2. a) the staff member has authority to take such decisions;

No Risk Takers are identified in application of this criterion because Intesa Sanpaolo Group adopts a model for the approval of new products or services according to which the decisions for the approval or vetoing of new products must be taken collectively.

  • b) the staff member is a voting member of a committee that has authority to take such decisions. This criterion identifies:
    • the members of the Intesa Sanpaolo Board of Directors;
    • the members, with voting rights, of the Committee set at Group level with decision-making powers on the approval or prohibition of the introduction of new products, services and activities;
    • the members of the Divisions' Governance Panels;
    • the members of the Divisions' Technical Panels in restricted composition.

4.14.2. Additional Criteria adopted by the Intesa Sanpaolo Group

The Parent Company has defined specific additional criteria to identify certain roles and organisational structures that are able to affect the Group risk profile and are not detected through the qualitative criteria set by the Regulation.

In particular, all staff who, in the context of the Global Banding system, have a title equal to the following shall also be identified as Group Risk Takers:

    1. Executive Directors, as they define and/or exert a strong influence on the function/business/country in which they operate, consistently with the Division/Group strategies, and ensure their implementation even in highly complex contexts;
    1. Senior Directors who are heads of structures positioned at a hierarchical level equal to maximum n-3 with respect to the Managing Director and CEO76 and manage a significant portion of the risks explicitly set out in the Group RAF other than those previously identified in the context of the qualitative criteria or carry out significant "risk mitigation" activities;
    1. the Senior Directors who are Head of:
    2. structures subordinate to the functions that report to the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Audit Officer (i.e. Managers of structures who are positioned at a hierarchical level equal to maximum n-3 with respect to the Managing Director and CEO77 of Intesa Sanpaolo), as long as they carry out control activities;
    3. control functions (risk management, compliance, audit, anti-money laundering, validation and, for insurance companies, actuarial) of material business units that are positioned at a hierarchical level equal to maximum n-3 with respect to the Managing Director and CEO of Intesa Sanpaolo.

Furthermore, due to the significant impact on credit risks, the Heads structures of the Chief Lending Officer Area who, in the last two years, have resolved on the matter of credit for a total amount of at least 5% of the total loans expressed in RWA resolved by the aforementioned Area, are identified as Risk Takers.

Finally, with reference to the business units which deal with private banking, the following are also identified as Risk Takers:

• the Area Managers of the distribution networks, as requested by Circular 285 by Bank of Italy;

76 These staff members are identified because Intesa Sanpaolo is a Bank of greater size.

77 These staff members are identified because Intesa Sanpaolo is a Bank of greater size.

• non-employee Financial Advisors who, based on the defined Incentive Systems, are entitled to a nonrecurring remuneration higher than the recurring remuneration referred to the same year.

4.14.3. Quantitative Criteria

In line with the provisions of Article 92, paragraph 3 letter c) of the Directive, the following are Risk Takers:

  • a) staff members for whom the following conditions are jointly met:
    • i. the total remuneration of the staff member in the previous year is equal to or greater than euro 500,000 and equal to or greater than the average total remuneration paid to the members of the body with strategic supervision and management functions and the senior management of the entity78;
    • ii. their activity is carried out within a relevant business / business unit and has a significant impact on the risk profile of the business unit.

This condition is assessed on the basis of the criteria defined in Article 3 of the Regulation79 .

Furthermore, without prejudice to the provisions of the Directive, pursuant to Article 6 of the Regulation, the staff member is deemed to have an impact on the risk profile of the institution when:

b) the staff members, including staff members as referred to in Article 92(3), point (c), of Directive 2013/36/EU, have been awarded in or for the preceding financial year a total remuneration that is equal to or greater than euro 750,000.

It should be noted that the staff member referred to in point b), may be excluded from the category of Risk Takers if the related professional activities do not have a substantial impact on the risk profile because such member, or the category of staff that the staff member belongs to:

  • i) only carry out professional activities and has authorities in a business unit that is not a material business unit; or
  • ii) have no significant impact on the risk profile of a material business unit having regard to the criteria set out in Article 3 of the Regulation.

The exclusion proposals referred to in point b) must be suitably motivated, formalized and approved by the Board of Directors, before proceeding with the request for prior approval by the European Central Bank.

4.15 Application of the Rules at Sub-consolidating Groups level and Individual Bank level

The Rules for identifying personnel whose professional activities have a substantial impact on the risk profile of Sub-consolidating Groups and individual Banks, including Intesa Sanpaolo, that do not draw up their own Remuneration Policy are defined by the Parent Company Intesa Sanpaolo according to the logic established at Group level in the previous paragraphs and taking into account the organizational and operational structure and the quantitative data of the Sub-consolidating Group or the individual Bank, as well as the quantitative criterion, which applies only at the individual level, relating to subjects falling within 0.3% of the staff to whom the highest total remuneration has been awarded.

Focus: Identification of Risk Takers at Intesa Sanpaolo Legal Entity level

Given the high degree of overlap between the Risk Takers identified at Intesa Sanpaolo Group and Legal Entity level, all Risk Takers identified at Group level and operating in the Intesa Sanpaolo Legal Entity are also Risk Takers for this latter.

An exception to this general rule is:

• personnel with managerial responsibilities on the relevant business/operating units (see par. 4.13.4), identified on the basis of the contribution to net income and revenues, that are identified individually on the basis of the data calculated in relation to the Intesa Sanpaolo Legal Entity and not in relation to the Group; and

78 Reference is made to the Top Risk Takers as defined in paragraph 4.14.1

79 The article 3 of the Regulation provides that following criteria to determine whether the professional activities of staff members have a significant impact on the risk profile of a material business unit shall be taken into account: (a) the risk profile of the material business unit; (b) the distribution of internal capital to cover the nature and level of the risks, as referred to in Article 73 of Directive 2013/36/EU; (c) the risk limits of the material business unit; (d) the risk and performance indicators used by the institution to identify, manage and monitor risks of the material business unit in accordance with Article 74 of Directive 2013/36/EU; (e) the relevant performance criteria set by the institution in accordance with Article 94(1), points (a) and (b), of Directive 2013/36/EU; (f) the duties and authorities of staff members or categories of staff in the material business unit concerned.

Focus: Identification of Risk Takers at Intesa Sanpaolo Legal Entity level

• the subjects identified in relation to the credit risk exposures referred to in qualitative criterion 3, identified using the specific data, if the threshold calculated on the basis of CET1 at Intesa Sanpaolo Legal Entity level is lower than the amounts prudentially set at Group level.

In addition, with specific reference to the identification of Risk Takers in accordance with the quantitative criteria, it is specified that, in addition to those provided at Group level, at the level of Intesa Sanpaolo Legal Entity - as provided for in Article 6 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/923 - staff members within the range of 0.3% rounded to the nearest full superior, to whom the highest total remuneration within the institution in or for the previous financial year has been awarded, shall also be identified. That criterion, as provided for in the relevant regulations, applies only at the individual level. In accordance with the aforementioned Regulation, staff identified under this criterion may be excluded from the Risk Takers if their professional activities do not have a substantial impact on the risk profile because that member, or the category of staff to which it belongs

  • i) carries out professional activities and has powers only in an operating/business unit that is not material; or
  • ii) has no substantial impact on the risk profile of a material business/business unit through the professional activities carried out taking into account the criteria set out in Article 3 of the Regulation.

Such proposals for exclusion must be duly justified, formalized and approved by the Board of Directors, before proceeding with the request for prior approval by the European Central Bank.

Section II – Disclosure on remuneration paid in financial year 2024

Introduction

Section II of the Report describes the implementation of the Remuneration and Incentive Policies for 2024, approved by the Shareholders' Meeting on 24 April 2024, as required by both the European regulations on public disclosure obligations (Article 450 of Regulation EU 876/2019 of 20 May 2019 – so-called CRR II –, Article 17 of Regulation EU 637/2021 of 15 March 202180 – so-called Implementing Technical Standards, hereinafter ITS –, incorporated by Bank of Italy Circular 285 of 17 December 201381), and by Consob (Article 84-quater of the Issuers' Regulation adopted with resolution 11971 of 14 May 1999 as amended82, implementing Legislative Decree 58 of 24 February 1998).

Section II is structured in parts.

The first part ("General Information") is purely descriptive and:

  • ‐ represents the structural components of the remuneration of Board Members, of the Managing Director and CEO, also acting as General Manager, and of the Key Managers, who qualify as the "Group Top Risk Takers".
  • ‐ offers a summary of the implementation of the 2024 Incentive System based on financial instruments, reporting in particular the successful verification of the gateway conditions, conditions for funding, and individual access, as well as the methods of payment of the accrued bonus established for each population cluster (i.e. the Top Risk Takers; the other Risk Takers; Middle Management; and the Non-Risk Taker Professionals).

In this regard, a complete information notice relating to the 2024 Incentive System based on financial instruments is provided pursuant to Article 114-bis of Legislative Decree 58/1998 (Consolidated Law on Finance – CLF) in the Information Document drawn up in compliance with Scheme No. 7 of Annex 3A of the aforesaid Issuers' Regulation and annexed to the resolution in point 3E ("Approval of the 2024 Annual Incentive System based on financial instruments") of the Shareholders' Meeting of 24 April 2024;

  • ‐ provides a structured representation of the Performance Scorecard of the Managing Director and CEO in his capacity as General Manager in terms of the level of results achieved and bonus accrued, also giving explicit indication of the mechanism for linking accrued bonus to individual performance achieved, of the compliance with the maximum ratio between variable and fixed remuneration as well as the ratio between the fixed and variable component within the total remuneration;
  • ‐ offers a pay-for-performance analysis that correlates the bonus trend of the last three years (i.e. 2022, 2023, and 2024) of the Managing Director and CEO in his capacity as General Manager with the Group's performance in terms of Net Income;
  • ‐ shows the change, with reference to the 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023 and 2024 financial years, in the remuneration of the Managing Director and CEO, the members of the management and control bodies, as well as employees, compared with the same change in the Group's Gross Income.

The second part ("Qualitative and quantitative information") is set out in two sub-sections:

  • ‐ the first sub-section discloses the elements required pursuant to Article 450 CRR II according to the standard operating procedures defined by the ITS, i.e.:
    • o qualitative information ("EU REMA qualitative information") relating to the Bodies that oversee the remuneration policy and the decision-making used for determining it, the segmentation of the identified staff, information relating to the design and structure of the remuneration system for Risk Takers, both in the short-term and long-term component, including in terms of the connection between the performance levels recorded in the evaluation period and the remuneration levels as well as the monitoring of current and future risks;
    • o quantitative information ("Quantitative disclosure") according to five table models (EU REM1, EU REM2, EU REM3, EU REM4 and EU REM5) which represent in aggregate form and

80 Implementing Technical Standards with regard to public disclosures by institutions of the information referred to in Titles II and III of Part Eight of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

81 37th update, First Part, Title IV, Chapter 2, Section VI, paragraph 1.

82 Reference is made to the last update made with resolution no. 21623 of 10 December 2020.

according to different perspectives the remuneration referred to 2024 of the Members of the Board of Directors in its supervisory and management function, the Key Managers (i.e. the Group Top Risk Takers) and other personnel belonging to the cluster of Risk Takers, in terms of fixed and variable remuneration paid for the year (also providing a breakdown by business area), guaranteed variable remuneration and severance payments, deferred portions of variable remuneration paid for previous performance periods, number of high earners.

‐ the second sub-section ("Disclosure pursuant to CONSOB Regulation") shows the information tables pursuant to Consob on the levels of remuneration paid (tables 1, 2, 3A and 3B of the "Remuneration" paragraph) as well as on ISP equity investments (tables 1 and 2 of the paragraph "Equity investments") of Board Members, of the Managing Director and General Manager, and of Key Managers (i.e. the Group Top Risk Takers).

The third part ("Internal auditing department assessment of the Incentive System") provides an overview of the consistency analysis of operational practices for remuneration with respect to the Policies approved by the Bodies, conducted on an annual basis by the Chief Audit Officer Area.

In conclusion, it is specified that this section was defined by taking account of the results of the Shareholders' Meeting vote on the Disclosure on remuneration paid in financial year 2023 held on 24 April 2024 (votes in favour totalling 93% of the participants).

In addition, the Group confirmed its commitment to providing clear and shareholder-friendly public disclosures by offering a detailed disclosure related to the Performance Scorecard of the Managing Director and CEO in his capacity as General Manager.

PART I – General information

Representation of the structural components of the remuneration of Board Members, the Managing Director and CEO, also acting as General Manager, and of the Key Managers

The remuneration of Board Members is set as a fixed amount, including the additional remuneration for the office of Chair, Deputy Chair of the Board of Directors, Chair of the Management Control Committee, Managing Director and CEO, the Chairs of Committees other than the Management Control Committee, as well as of the members of the Board Committees, in line with the resolutions adopted by the Shareholders' Meeting on 29 April 2022, and, to the extent applicable, by the Board of Directors. In brief, until 29 April 2025, the following applies:

  • 120,000 euro for the remuneration of each member of the Board of Directors who is not also a member of the Management Control Committee;
  • 150,000 euro for the additional remuneration for the position of Deputy Chair of the Board of Directors;
  • 500,000 euro for the annual fixed remuneration for the position of Managing Director, which is in addition to the amount due to him in his capacity as Director;
  • 800,000 euro for the additional remuneration for the position of Chair of the Board of Directors;
  • 260,000 euro for the specific remuneration for each member of Board of Directors who is also a member of the Management Control Committee, without any attendance fees for the actual participation in the meetings of the Committee;
  • 65,000 euro for the additional remuneration for the Chair of the Management Control Committee;
  • 2,500 euro for the attendance fee for the Directors who are also members of the Board Committees, for the actual participation in the works of the Committees, in addition to the remuneration set for the position of Director;
  • 60,000 euro for the additional remuneration for the Chairs of the Board Committees.

The remuneration of the Managing Director and CEO, acting as General Manager, and the other Key Managers (who coincide with the "Group Top Risk Takers"), in accordance with the structure defined in the Policies approved by the Shareholders' Meeting on 24 April 2024, consists of: R. 27.

  • a) a fixed component, including the gross annual remuneration amount set individually based on the contractual agreement, the role held, the responsibilities assigned, and the specific experience and expertise acquired by the manager, including any allowance;
  • b) a short-term variable component, linked to performance and aligned to the short-term results actually achieved by the Bank and by the Group overall, as well as to the risks prudentially taken, as resulting from application of the 2024 Incentive System based on financial instruments approved by the competent Corporate Bodies, in compliance with the applicable Remuneration and Incentive Policies;
  • c) a long-term variable component, based on Intesa Sanpaolo shares associated with performance objectives, introduced during 2022 at the time of launch of the 2022-2025 Business Plan as defined by the "Performance Share Plan" (PSP) approved by the Shareholders' Meeting on 29 April 2022;
  • d) a component resulting from valuation of benefits, including the amount paid by the company into the manager's supplementary pension fund and the premiums (taxable) paid by the Company for the related insurance cover; the statements do not include any other benefits awarded to said personnel (for example, company cars) that are not taxable, also due to specific conditions under company policies (for example, because a monetary contribution by the manager is required).

Art. 123-ter (4) (a), CLF

With regard to the provision of ex ante agreements governing benefits or severance payments to be paid in view of or at the time of early termination of the office by the Board Members, it should be noted that an agreement is in place with the Managing Director and CEO, also in his capacity as General Manager, containing specific conventional regulations on employment termination which also include a noncompetition agreement for the period following the employment termination (see Focus: "Individual Severance Agreements defined ex ante" in paragraph 4.9.1.5 of Section I of the 2024 Report on remuneration policy and compensation paid).

It should be noted that, with regard to the other Board Members, there are no prior agreements governing benefits or severance payments to be made in view of or at the time of the early termination of the office. Likewise, there are no prior agreements governing benefits or severance payments to be made upon early termination of the employment agreement with the other Key Managers, to which, should such cases arise, the provisions of paragraphs 2.6 and 4.9 of Section I of the 2025 Report on remuneration policy and compensation paid apply.

Application of the 2024 Remuneration and Incentive Policies

Given that the 2024 Remuneration and Incentive Policies approved by the Shareholders' Meeting of 24 April 2024 did not provide options of derogation, it is confirmed that during 2024 NO DEROGATIONS were applied from that regulated in the above document.

The 2024 annual incentive system based on financial instruments

The beneficiaries of the 2024 incentive system based on financial instruments are the Risk Takers – including the Managing Director and CEO, in his capacity as General Manager, and the Key Managers (qualifying as the "Group Top Risk Takers") –, who accrue a bonus exceeding the "materiality threshold" (i.e. higher than the amount of 50,000 euro or more than a third of total remuneration), the recipients of a "particularly high"83 amount, as well as Middle Managers and Professionals that are not Risk Takers, who accrue "relevant bonuses"84 .

Below is a summary scheme of the execution of the 2024 Incentive System.

It is specified that, during 2024, with regard to the Group Top Risk Takers (i.e. Key Managers), including the Managing Director and CEO, and the remaining Risk Takers, no ex-post correction mechanisms were R. 27

83 Pursuant to the Group's Remuneration and Incentive Policies, for the three-year period 2022-2024, the variable remuneration exceeding 400,000 euro is considered "particularly high".

84 That is, the amount exceeding both the "materiality threshold" and 100% of the fixed remuneration.

It should be noted that the "materiality threshold" for Middle Managers and Professionals is – unless otherwise provided for by specific local regulations – 80,000 euro, except for those working in the business functions of Intesa Sanpaolo Wealth Management and those belonging to the Reyl Group, where it is set at 150,000 euro.

R. 27

applied to the variable remuneration (known as the malus condition) either at Group or Legal Entity level, with the exception of one subsidiary Bank that recorded a loss. In addition, no claw-back mechanisms were activated.

Deferral (1) 60% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 5 years in the case
of
o remuneration paid to ISP Group Top Risk Takers
· variable remuneration of a "particularly high" amount, regardless of the
macro segment to which the receiver belongs
(2) 50% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 5 years in the case
of remuneration paid:
o to Top Risk Takers of Sub-consolidating Groups and of Legal
Entities if the amount is higher than both the materiality threshold and
100% of the fixed remuneration
(3) 40% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 5 years in the case
of remuneration paid:
o to Top Risk Takers of Sub-consolidating Groups and of Legal
Entities if the amount is higher than the materiality threshold and equal to
or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration
Deferred amount (4) 50% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 4 years in the case
of remuneration paid:
o to other Risk Takers if the amount is higher than both the materiality
threshold and 100% of the fixed remuneration
(5) 40% of variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 4 years in the case of
remuneration paid:
o to other Risk Takers if the amount is higher than the materiality threshold
and equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration
(0) 40% of variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 3 years in the case of
remuneration paid:
o to Middle Managers and Professionals, if the amount is higher than
both the materiality threshold and 100% of the fixed remuneration
(7) 40% of variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 2 years in the case of
remuneration paid:
o to Middle Managers and Professionals, if the amount is higher than the
materiality threshold and equal to or to or lower than 100% of the fixed
remuneration, or equal to or to or lower than the materiality threshold and
higher than 100% of the fixed remuneration
Jp-front amount The remaining amount of the variable remuneration is paid out up-front.
Regardless of the pertinent macro segment, the variable remuneration is
entirely paid up-front if the amount is equal to or lower than the materiality
threshold and equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration

The 2024 Incentive System for the Managing Director and CEO in his capacity as General Manager

A breakdown is provided below of the level of achievement of the individual targets assigned to the Managing Director and CEO, in his capacity as General Manager, for the year 2024, in relation to the budget:

Strategic driver KPI Weight % Result Result vs target
budget
Growth Group Net income
(billion)
20% 8.67 bn/€
Group Profitability OI/average RWAs 20% 9.06%
Objectives Productivity Cost/Income 20% 42.68%
Cost of
risk/sustainability Gross NPL ratio
10% 2.27%
% Group Objectives 70%
Strategic driver KPI Weight % Evaluation driver Reporting
Non
financial -
Strategic Actions
qualitative
from the 2022-
objectives
2025 Business
(Group
Plan
scope)
ESG 15% Reporting based on the following drivers:
1. Presence of Intesa Sanpaolo in the
sustainability indices of specialized
companies (No. of appearances)
2. Promoting an inclusive work
environment through the identification
and implementation of targeted
management actions, with a particular
focus on meeting the gender equity
commitments assigned to each
Division/Governance Area:
• in annual hires (%)
• in the pool of candidates for first
appointment to managerial roles (%)
3. Group initiatives in the ESG area
• Support to green and circular
economy:
1.Development of the loans from an
ESG perspective (€)
2.Definition of targets for the
reduction of financed emissions in
additional priority sectors
3.Reduction of the exposures towards
ESG risk related sectors (€)
4.Completion of ESG Credit
Framework
• Sustainable Investments: ESG
investments as a percentage of total
AuM (%)
• Initiatives for youth counselling and
employability
Group Digital
Transformation
15% Reporting based on the following drivers:
1.
Development of Isybank: acquisition
of new customers and customer
satisfaction index
2.
Isytech Project: overall progress of
the forward-fit plan
3.
Expansion of sales channels and
methods of digital interactions (both
online and mobile) to support the
Group distribution strategy set out in
the 2022-25 Business Plan – YoY
Increase
4.
Digital Transformation acceleration in
a Cloud-ready logic
% Qualitative evaluation 30%
% Total 100%

Please be reminded that the evaluation drivers, identified ex ante in accordance with the relative guideline or according to the expected outputs of the activities to which they refer, constitute the guidelines for the objective-based target reporting.

The reporting of the KPIs assigned as part of the Strategic Actions is carried out by the Board of Directors, as proposed by the Chair – the quantitative evidence of the drivers being acquired from Strategic Planning – and supported by a positive opinion of the Remuneration Committee.

The pay-for-performance curve used to calculate the CEO's bonus includes a:

  • ‐ minimum score level of 80%, at which the bonus accruable is equal to 30% of the fixed remuneration;
  • ‐ target score level of 100%, at which the bonus accruable is equal to 100% of the fixed remuneration;
  • ‐ maximum score level (cap) of 120%, at which the bonus accruable is equal to 175% of the fixed remuneration, i.e. the maximum bonus calculated by deducting from the variable remuneration cap (which is 200% of the fixed remuneration) the portion accruing for the year from the Long-Term Incentive Plan PSP 2022-2025 (which is 25% of the fixed remuneration).

For scores equal to the percentages that are in between those indicated above, the bonus is determined based on a proportionate scale.

With reference to 2024, the overall performance achieved was approximately 117% of the target. In response, at the meeting of 27 February 2025, the Board of Directors, with the favourable opinion of the Remuneration Committee, awarded the CEO a bonus of 4.53 million euro, which equates to approximately 164% of the fixed remuneration85 .

In addition, it is noted that the ratio of variable remuneration to total remuneration is equal to 62% and the ratio of fixed remuneration to total remuneration is equal to 38%.

Lastly, the following conditions were met for the purposes of allocation of the bonus:

According to the payment scheme established by the 2024 Remuneration and Incentive Policies, the bonus accrued will be paid 40% in cash and 60% in shares, taking into account the holding period established by the regulations for the component in shares, as detailed below:

Pay-out €/000
2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030
Cash 906 181 181 544
Shares (equivalent
value)
906 544 544 362 362

85 As reported in the "Fixed Remuneration" column in Table No. 1 ("Remuneration paid to members of administration and control bodies, to General Managers, and to other Key Managers") at page 120 that shows the actual amount paid in 2024. From 1 December 2024, the Managing Director and CEO, in his capacity as General Manager, is entitled, as determined by the Board of Directors, to a gross annual salary of 2,880,000 euro (compared to the previous 2,000,000 euro, which had remained unchanged since 2016). This new remuneration was proposed vis-à-vis the inadequately competitive pay positioning – highlighted by a benchmarking analysis conducted by a leading consulting firm – as well as the Group's excellent performance, both in absolute and relative terms, in respect of value creation for shareholders and sustainability of results over time: i) the remuneration positioning compared to the Peer Group companies (which are listed at page 24) was below the median and moves between the median and the third quartile following the new remuneration; ii) in the period from the previous salary increase to the end of 2024, Intesa Sanpaolo shareholders more than doubled the value of their initial investment, as a result of the increase in the stock price and the cash dividends received exceeding 29 billion euro, with a Total Shareholder Return (135%) among the highest in comparison with the Peer Group; iii) from 2015 to 2024, the Intesa Sanpaolo Group's average annual values of Return on Equity and Cost-Income Ratio (equal to 9.6% and 50.4%, respectively) were among the best in comparison with the Peer Group.

Pay-for-performance analysis of the short-term variable remuneration of the Managing Director and CEO, in his capacity as General Manager, and the Group Net Income of the last three years (i.e. 2022, 2023 and 2024)

The analysis of the correlation over the last three years (i.e. 2022, 2023 and 2024) between the short-term variable remuneration of the Managing Director and CEO, in his capacity as General Manager, and the Group's performance in terms of Net Income and, hence, Intesa Sanpaolo's ability to generate solid profitability and create and distribute value to all stakeholders shows that the CEO's variable remuneration has not increased despite the continuous growth of Net Income.

In particular, the chart shows between 2022 and 2023 a significant increase in Net Income driven by net interest income (+77% vs. 2022) that continues, although in a more limited manner compared to the previous two years (+11% vs. 2023), also between 2023 and 2024.

These results do not translate into the accrual by the CEO of bonuses that are higher year on year because, in 2023, when the CEO reached the maximum performance levels equal to those of 2022 (i.e. 120% of the Performance Scorecard), the bonus, in application of the regulatory provisions on the bonus cap, corresponds to the maximum annual variable remuneration that can be accrued (i.e. 175% of the fixed remuneration) and is equivalent to that of the previous year; the CEO's 2024 bonus is lower than his 2023 bonus consistently with the achievement of performance levels which are still excellent but slightly lower than those in 2023 (i.e. about 117% of the Performance Scorecard) even if significantly higher than the challenging budget targets assigned.

The Managing Director and CEO's equity investments

As confirmation of the Managing Director and CEO's strong sense of belonging, his commitment to promoting the creation of sustainable value for all stakeholders, and his strong alignment with shareholders' interests, it should be noted that the Managing Director and CEO, since his appointment in 2013, has never sold the shares granted under the incentive systems. As at 31 December 2024, considering the held shares86 valued at the average carrying price87 , the Managing Director and CEO owns shares equivalent to 4.74 times (474%) his fixed remuneration (including compensation derived from his roles as General Manager, Managing Director, and Board Member)88 .

86 The number of shares held as of 31 December is shown in the "Shareholdings of Board Members" table on page 131. 87 The average carrying price of the shares, amounting to €2.4478, can be calculated by referring to the number of financial instruments (column 10) and the value at the vesting date (column 11) reported in Tables 3A Incentive plans based on financial instruments other than stock options, in favour of Managing Director and CEO and other Key Managers, as presented in the Reports on the Remuneration Policy and Compensation Paid published from 2015 (the year in which the first share-based payout to the CEO, originating from the 2014 Incentive Plan, was recorded) to the present.

88 The fixed remuneration is the one indicated in the "Fixed Compensation" column of Table 1 ("Compensation paid to members of the administrative and control bodies, general managers, and other executives with strategic responsibilities") on page 120, which reports the actual amount paid in 2024. Considering the gross annual salary assigned starting from 1 December 2024, the Managing Director and CEO holds shares equivalent to 3.73 (373%) the fixed remuneration.

Information on the annual change in the last five years of the remuneration and results of the Group

The change in 2021 vs 2020, 2022 vs 2021, 2023 vs 2022 and 2024 vs 2023 in the remuneration of the Managing Director and CEO89, the members of the management and control bodies90, as well as employees, compared with the same change in Gross Income of the Group91, is shown below.

Change in
2021 vs 2020
Change in
2022 vs 2021
Change in
2023 vs 2022
Change in
2024 vs 2023
Managing
Director and CEO
65.98% 16.5% 0% 1.02%
Total remuneration Members of the
management and
control bodies
8.46% -1.2% 1.6% 0.9%
Total average
remuneration*
Employees 4.7% 3% 8% 6.9%
Group Gross Income 7.3% 10.6% 64.4% 13.9%

* includes the gross annual remuneration, the short-term variable remuneration paid during the year and the portion accrued for the year from the long-term incentive plan.

During the five-year period 2020-2024, faced with the sudden and profound macroeconomic changes that have marked the period, the Group showed the strength and resilience of its operating model by continuing to generate significant value for all the stakeholders. In particular, as shown by the reported data, the Group Gross Income recorded considerable growth in both the pandemic context between 2020 and 2021, and in the unfavourable macroeconomic environment characterised by the start of the conflict in Ukraine and the worsening of inflationary pressures between 2021 and 2022. Furthermore, between 2022 and 2023, in a context characterised by a continuous growth in inflation levels and the ECB's consequent decisions to raise interest rates beyond the expected levels, the sustained increase in the Gross Income stands out; this growth also continues between 2023 and 2024, although more limitedly, in line with the progressive normalisation of the macroeconomic context.

With regard to the Managing Director and CEO's total remuneration, growth was recorded between 2020 and 2021, when excellent performance results were achieved (117.74%), also following the restoration of ordinary levels of variable remuneration92 – reduced in 2020 in response to the European Central Bank's invitation addressed to intermediaries to exercise utmost prudence when allocating bonuses for the year in the context of the health emergency. This trend of growth in the Managing Director and CEO's total remuneration is also confirmed with reference to the comparison between the 2021 and 2022 levels, consistent with the further improvement in the Group's economic-financial performance as a result of which the Managing Director and CEO was awarded a higher variable remuneration than that accrued in 2021. Between 2022 and 2024, when the Group results recorded a significant growth, there was no substantial change in the Managing Director and CEO's total remuneration, against the achievement in the three-year period of excellent results with the corresponding award of bonuses at maximum levels.

91 Reference is made to the amounts of Gross Income shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Report of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group, on page 48 for 2020, page 39 for 2021, page 89 for 2022, page 73 for 2023, and page 67 for 2024.

89 To calculate the total remuneration of the Managing Director and CEO, the fixed and variable remuneration pertaining to 2024 were considered. With reference to fixed remuneration, the amount indicated in Table 1 ("Remuneration paid to members of the Management and Control bodies, General Managers and other Key Managers"), column "fixed remuneration" was considered. With reference to the variable remuneration for the year, the amounts indicated in Table 3A ("Incentive plans based on financial instruments other than stock options, in favour of members of the Board of Directors, General Managers and other Key Managers"), column 5 ("Financial instruments awarded during the year – fair value at award date"), Table 3B ("Monetary incentive plans in favour of the members of the Board of Directors, General Managers and other Key Managers"), columns 2a and 2b ("Bonus for the year – payable/paid" and "Bonus for the year – deferred") and Table 2 ("Stock options assigned to members of the Board of Directors, General Managers and other Key Managers"), column 16 ("Options for the year – fair value") were added together.

90To determine the total remuneration of members of the management and control bodies, the amounts assigned to the parties shown in Table 1 ("Remuneration paid to members of management and control bodies, to General Managers, and to other Key Managers"), columns "fixed remuneration" and "attendance fees" were considered. It is also specified that the calculation includes only persons that held the same role throughout all of the years taken as a basis for comparison (i.e. 2020 vs. 2021, 2021 vs. 2022, 2022 vs. 2023, and 2023 vs. 2024).

With regard to the remuneration of the members of the management and control bodies – all non-executive -, the increase between 2020 and 2021 is attributable, mainly, to the lower amount of the 2020 remuneration, vis-à-vis the level usually set, resulting from the waivers made on portions of the remuneration by the directors in 2020, in order to contribute to the initiatives promoted by the Group to tackle the spread of the COVID-19 epidemic and, secondarily, to a continuous increase in the number of board meetings. Instead, the changes that are observed in subsequent years are attributable to the different number of meetings of the Board Committees and the consequent variation in attendance fees.

Finally, with regard to employees, in the period between 2020 and 2024 a continuous positive change was recorded in the average total remuneration. These increases are due to the combined effect of the measures envisaged by the collective bargaining on the gross annual remuneration and the bonuses allocated by way of variable remuneration. With particular reference to the gross annual remuneration, in 2023 and 2024 there was a greater increase resulting from the renewal of the National Collective Bargaining Agreement for the credit sector, which provided for an average increase in monthly salaries of 435 euro, paid in four instalments, of which the first two were recognised in the two-year period. With regard to the variable remuneration, the increase in bonuses in the years is a result of the continuous improvement in the Group's performance, against which the Broad-based Short-Term Plan (PVR) amount accrued increased proportionally.

PART II – QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE INFORMATION

Qualitative and quantitative information as required by Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 637/2021 of 15 March 2021.

Qualitative disclosure - EU REMA

a. Information relating to the bodies that oversee remuneration

a.1. The name, composition and mandate of the main body (management body or remuneration committee as applicable) overseeing the remuneration policy and the number of meetings held by that main body during the financial year

The main bodies responsible for supervising the Group's Remuneration and Incentive Policies (hereinafter "the Group Policies" or "the Policies") include:

  • the Board of Directors, which is tasked with drawing up, submitting to the Shareholders' Meeting and reviewing the Policies at least once a year. The Board of Directors currently consists of 19 members, 14 of whom are independent, 1 executive and 5 elected by the minority. During 2024, this Body met on 8 occasions to examine issues relating to remuneration;
  • the Remuneration Committee, which proposes, advises and enquires on compensation and on remuneration and incentive systems supports the Board of Directors in all activities related to remuneration. The Remuneration Committee currently consists of 5 members, 3 of whom are independent pursuant to the applicable regulations and the Articles of Association. The latter include the Chair, who also holds the office of Deputy Chair of the Board of Directors and is enrolled with the Register of Statutory Auditors having practised as auditor for at least three years. In 2024, the Remuneration Committee held 16 meetings.

The Board of Directors, having acquired the report prepared by the Remuneration Committee, resolves on the Group Policies for the purpose of their subsequent presentation to the Shareholders' Meeting which has the ultimate responsibility for their approval.

a.2. Any external consultants whose advice has been sought, the body by which they were commissioned, and in which areas of the remuneration framework

During 2024, the Remuneration Committee relied on a leading external consulting firm in the context of:

  • the analyses of the remuneration benchmarks of the Managing Director and CEO (hereinafter, "CEO"), of the Group Top Risk Takers and of the members of the Board of Directors;
  • the recognition of trends relating to Performance Management systems and processes for the Group's top management;
  • the analysis of market practices for the determination of the bonus pool and the benchmarking of the total amounts awarded as bonuses to the Risk Takers;
  • the annual preparation of the Fairness Opinion on the Performance Management approach adopted by the Group for the CEO and Group Top Risk Takers.

a.3. A description of the scope of the institution's remuneration policy (e.g. by regions, business lines), including the extent to which it is applicable to subsidiaries and branches located in third countries

The Policies apply to all Group personnel, including branches located in third countries. In addition, on the basis of specific sector regulations as well as the local regulatory context, the various Group entities (where required) draw up their own Remuneration and Incentive Policies prepared in line with the Group Policies where they are not in contrast with local or sector regulations.

a.4. A description of the staff or categories of staff whose professional activities have a material impact on the institution's risk profile (identified staff)

The Intesa Sanpaolo Group identifies the Risk Takers (i.e. personnel whose professional activities have a material impact on the entity's risk profile) based on the "Rules for identifying Risk Takers" (the "Rules"), which form an integral part of the Group Policies.

These Rules were defined in accordance with the identification criteria laid down by the CRD V Directive and by Regulation (EU) 923/2021 and also include specific additional criteria defined by the Group in order to reflect the risks undertaken on the basis of the peculiarities of the business and of the organisational structure.

Based on the aforementioned Rules, the Group identifies the employees that have a material impact on the Group's risk profile (so-called Group Risk Takers) and, among them, the Group's Top Risk Takers, who, following the new organisation adopted by the BoD of 28 March 2024, are:

  • the Managing Director and CEO;
  • the Head of Wealth Management Divisions, the Head of the Private Banking Division, the Head of the Asset Management Division, the Head of the Insurance Division, the Head of the Banca dei Territori Division, the Head and Deputy of the IMI Corporate & Investment Banking Division, as well as the Head of the International Banks Division;
  • the Chief Sustainability Officer, the Chief Social Impact Officer, the Chief Governance, Operating & Transformation Officer, the Chief Equity, Legal & M&A Officer, the Chief Transformation & Organisation Officer, the Chief People & Culture Officer, Chief Data, A.I. and Technology Officer, the Chief Cost Management Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Lending Officer, the Chief Institutional Affairs & External Communication Officer, the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Compliance Officer, the Chief Audit Officer as well as the Deputy to the Chief Financial Officer;
  • the Head of Administration, Regulatory Reporting & Tax Affairs in her capacity as Manager responsible for preparing the company's financial reports.

Furthermore, again based on the Rules, the following clusters are identified:

  • the Sub-consolidating Groups Risk Takers, i.e. the personnel whose professional activities have a material impact on the risk profile of Intesa Sanpaolo subsidiary Groups.
  • the Legal Entity Risk Takers (including the Legal Entity Intesa Sanpaolo), i.e. the personnel whose professional activities have a material impact on the risk profile of the individual Group companies. It should be noted that these Risk Takers are identified only in Legal Entities where the Risk Takers' identification is required by local or sector regulations.

The Top Risk Takers are also differentiated within each of the abovementioned clusters and solely with reference to significant Banks93, including Intesa Sanpaolo.

b. Information relating to the design and structure of the remuneration system for identified staff

b.1. An overview of the key features and objectives of remuneration policy, and information about the decision-making process used for determining the remuneration policy and the role of the relevant stakeholders (e.g. the shareholders' meeting)

The Group Policies aim to align the management's and personnel's behaviour with the interests of all Stakeholders, guiding their action towards the achievement of sustainable medium-long term objectives within the framework of a prudent assumption of current and prospective risks, as well as to contribute to making the Group an "Employer of choice" for its ability to attract, motivate and retain top resources.

In particular, the Policies are based on the following principles: correlation between remuneration and risks undertaken, orientation towards medium-long term objectives, taking into account the Group Risk Tolerance, merit, fairness and gender neutrality, sustainability to limit expense deriving from application of the policies to values compatible with the available economic and financial means, and compliance with regulatory requirements.

The main features of the Group Policies are summarised below:

  • personnel segmentation that allows the operational adaptation of the aforesaid principles in order to suitably differentiate the total remuneration and arrange mechanisms of payment that are specific for the various personnel clusters. In applying these logics, three macro-segments are identified: (i) key personnel, i.e. Risk Takers (at Group, Sub-consolidating Group and Legal Entity level); (ii) Middle Managers, or the Heads of Organisational Units not already included in the Risk Takers clusters and (iii) Professionals;
  • gender neutrality of the policies insofar as they ensure, for the same activity carried out, that the personnel have an equal level of remuneration, also in terms of the conditions for its recognition and payment;
  • breakdown of the personnel remuneration into fixed or recurrent component (that is stable and irrevocable in nature and determined on the basis of pre-established and non-discretionary

93 Reference is made to banks considered significant pursuant to art. 6, paragraph 4, of Regulation (EU) 1024/2013 (the so-called Single Supervisory Mechanism Regulation).

criteria)94 and variable or non-recurrent component (linked to employee's performance and aligned to the results actually achieved and the risks prudentially assumed)95;

  • adoption of a pay mix i.e. the weight of the fixed and variable components expressed as a percentage of total remuneration - suitably balanced in order to allow the reduction in the variable component, even down to zero, depending on the performance actually achieved during the year in question or when the Group was not able to maintain or restore a solid capital base, and discourage behaviour focused on the achievement of short-term results, particularly if these involve taking on greater risks (see point d);
  • provision of mechanisms capable of ensuring the economic and financial sustainability of the incentive systems through gateway conditions aimed at verifying the capital strength, liquidity and financial sustainability of the variable component, as well as through a structured process for the definition of a bonus pool (see point c and e.4).

Furthermore, any bonus accrued can be corrected ex post through the application of demultipliers according to the risks undertaken (see point c), and it is subject to mechanisms for the correction of behaviours and monitoring of the effects of the managerial action over time (see points c and f.2);

  • definition of an annual Incentive System for the Risk Takers96 aimed at guiding the behaviour and managerial actions towards reaching the objectives set in the Business Plan and rewarding the best annual performance assessed with a view to optimising the risk/return ratio (see point e.1), as well as incentive initiatives dedicated to either specific clusters or highly profitable97 and relevant business segments inside the strategy defined at Business Plan level (see point e.1);
  • allocation of Long-Term Incentive Plans differing according to their respective clusters;
  • identification of specific methods for payment of the variable remuneration (with particular reference to the deferral period and the settlement in financial instruments and cash) differing according to their respective cluster and related amount of this remuneration (see point f.1);
  • definition of the principles for the calculation of the remuneration paid in the event of early termination of employment contract or office (so-called severance) inspired to both the correlation between severance pay and ongoing performance rendered over time and the control of potential litigation risks (see point b.5).

The Shareholders' Meeting, on proposal of the Board of Directors, is called to approve:

  • the Remuneration Policies for members of the Board of Directors;
  • the Group's Remuneration and Incentive Policies (employees and collaborators not linked by subordinate employment relationships) which also include the Rules for identifying key personnel;
  • the incentive plans based on financial instruments;
  • the criteria for the determination of any amounts to be awarded in the event of early termination of the employment agreement or early termination of the office (severance), including the limits established for said amounts in terms of fixed annual remuneration and the maximum amount arising from the application of such limits;
  • with the qualified majorities, if applicable, as defined by the regulations in force, a variable-tofixed remuneration cap higher than 100%, but not exceeding the maximum cap established by the regulations;
  • solely for the Group's key staff identified in the asset management companies (SGR entities), SICAVs and SICAFs and that work exclusively for those companies, if applicable, a variable-tofixed remuneration cap exceeding 200%.

b.2. Information on the criteria used for performance measurement and ex ante and ex post risk adjustment

The annual Incentive System for the Risk Takers aims to guide the behaviour and managerial actions towards reaching the objectives set in the Business Plan and reward the best annual performance assessed with a view to optimising the risk/return ratio (for details, see point e.1).

94 In this document, "fixed component" or "fixed remuneration" means the "fixed remuneration" of employees and the "recurring remuneration" of the Financial Advisors.

95 In this document, "variable component" or "variable remuneration" means the "variable remuneration" of employees and the "nonrecurring remuneration" of the Financial Advisors.

96 This System is also addressed to Middle Managers.

97 The Incentive Systems dedicated to the highly profitable business segments also include the Incentive System for the

Relationship Managers of the Private Banking Division's International Sales Networks and the Incentive System for the Non-Employee Financial Advisors of the Private Banking Division, also dedicated to individuals who within these clusters are identified as Risk Takers.

In order to align the incentive systems with prudent risk management policies and ensure long-term solidity and business continuity, the annual Incentive Systems take into account the Group's Risk Appetite and Risk Tolerance as expressed in the RAF.

This close correlation, which guarantees both ex ante and ex post adjustment of the performance based on the risks undertaken, is structured on three levels:

  • activation and bonus funding phase (see points c and e.4);
  • Performance Scorecard definition phase (see point e.1);
  • bonus payment phase (see points c and f.2).

b.3. Whether the management body or the remuneration committee where established reviewed the institution's remuneration policy during the past year, and if so, an overview of any changes that were made, the reasons for those changes and their impact on remuneration

The Group Policies were reviewed and updated in 2024, albeit drawn up in substantial continuity with the 2023 Policies.

In light of a stable regulatory environment compared with the past year and taking into account the fact that the Group remuneration and incentive Policies are adequate to support the achievement of the Business Plan goals, no significant changes have been made for 2024 in terms of impact on general or specific clusters of the personnel.

The main new provision with an impact exclusively on one Top Risk Taker of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group (i.e. the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports, a role exclusively provided for by Italian law) and other 6 Group Risk Takers (i.e. the Head of the Administrative Governance and Controls structure and the Heads of the Human Resources Function at Group level) is the increase from 33% to 60% of the maximum limit on the ratio between variable and fixed remuneration (so-called cap). This change has been made in order to strengthen the attraction and retention of such personnel, taking into account the practices of the Italian players and the international Peer Group of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group and the higher flexibility allowed by Bank of Italy Circular No. 285/201398 .

b.4. Information of how the institution ensures that staff in internal control functions are remunerated independently of the businesses they oversee

The short- and long-term Incentive Systems for personnel belonging to the Company Control Functions do not require the allocation of economic-financial KPIs in order to guarantee the independence of the personnel who hold these functions with respect to the results achieved by the areas subject to their control, as well as to avoid sources of possible conflicts of interest. With particular reference to the annual Incentive System, the KPIs present in the Performance Scorecards of the Company Control Functions are typically of a project nature or are linked to requests from the Supervisory Authority (including but not limited to: Development of the Credit Risk management framework; Developments in Audit Processes and Procedures; ENIF - Implementation of the 2024 programme and additional initiatives to strengthen the Group's Anti Financial Crime controls; Basel 4 Project).

b.5. Policies and criteria applied for the award of guaranteed variable remuneration and severance payments

No forms of guaranteed variable remuneration are envisaged.

However, in compliance with the Supervisory Provisions, in order to attract new personnel, it is possible to award:

  • a one-off welcome bonus, subject to a detailed assessment and analysis of market practices, which is not subject to any requirement applicable to variable remuneration, including variable remuneration cap and pay-out schemes, if awarded in a single instalment (known as welcome bonus). It should be noted that the mentioned bonus can be assigned only once to the same staff member at Group level;
  • a bonus as indemnification for the deferred variable remuneration reduced or cancelled by the previous employer due to termination of the contract. This type of bonus (buy-out) cannot, however, compensate new personnel for reductions or cancellations of remuneration due to malus or clawback mechanisms and is in any case subject to all the rules governing variable compensation, including those on variable remuneration cap and pay-out schemes.

98 Indeed, it should be noted that Bank of Italy Circular No. 285/2013 establishes that the maximum limit to the ratio between variable and fixed remuneration is 33% for the Company Control Functions (i.e. Compliance, Risk Management, Audit, Anti-Money Laundering and Validation) while for the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports and the Human Resources Function it provides only for a limited variable component. Historically, Intesa Sanpaolo had extended the 33% cap also to the roles in question, despite the absence of specific regulatory obligations.

With regard to the payment agreed in any way and/or form in view of or upon early termination of the employment agreement or early termination of office for the amount exceeding the legal or the National Collective Bargaining Agreement (CCNL) provisions concerning the indemnity in lieu of notice where envisaged, the Group, in line with the request from the Supervisory Provisions, defined ex ante the related limits and criteria approved by the Shareholders' Meeting. Specifically, the Group has set a maximum limit equal to 24 months of the fixed remuneration for compensation paid as severance. The adoption of this limit can lead to a maximum disbursement of 5.2 million euro.

As required by Regulations on remuneration, the compensation paid as severance is included in the calculation of the ratio between the variable remuneration due and the fixed remuneration of the last year of employment at the company.

Specifically, the compensation paid as severance is added to the bonus due for the last year of employment at the company, excluding the mandatory amounts paid pursuant to national labour legislation and the amounts agreed and granted:

  • based on a non-competition agreement, for the portion which, for each year of duration of the agreement, does not exceed the last year of fixed remuneration;
  • within an agreement reached in order to settle a current or potential dispute (wherever reached), if calculated according to a predefined calculation formula approved by the Shareholders' Meeting in advance.

Intesa Sanpaolo adopts a formula differentiated by personnel cluster (i.e. employees who within the Group internal position weighting system have been assigned a specific job title based on the level of complexity/responsibility assigned, and the remaining personnel) and indexed to the number of years of employment at the company (i.e. up to 2 years of employment, over 2 and up to 21 years, over 21 years). The components included in the severance are considered similar to the variable remuneration and, as such, are subject to the payment methods defined in line with the Supervisory Provisions and depending on the cluster of personnel, the amount and its weight compared to the fixed remuneration.

In the Intesa Sanpaolo Group, the principles for severance definition are inspired to both the correlation between severance pay and ongoing performance rendered over time and the control of potential litigation risks.

Please also note that the same gateway (see point e.4), individual access (see point e.4), malus and clawback conditions (see point f.2) set for variable remuneration for each cluster are applied to severance.

Moreover, the Group envisages that individual ex ante agreements may be reached to define the remuneration to be granted in the event of early termination of the relationship, it being understood that such agreements must comply with all the conditions set out in the Remuneration Policies and Supervisory Provisions; in line with the practices commonly used among competitors and the leading Italian listed companies, an agreement containing specific conventional regulations on the termination of the employment relationship with the Managing Director and CEO is in place.

c. Description of the ways in which current and future risks are taken into account in the remuneration processes. Disclosures shall include an overview of the key risks, their measurement and how these measures affect remuneration

As part of the Group's annual Incentive Systems, ex ante risk monitoring is guaranteed both in the bonus pool activation phase and in the Performance Scorecard definition phase as part of the annual Incentive System for Risk Takers.

With reference to the bonus pool activation phase, this monitoring is ensured by mechanisms designed to monitor capital and liquidity risk, as well as mechanisms aimed at guaranteeing the financial sustainability of the variable component. Therefore, the bonus pool is activated only if the following minimum conditions required by the Regulator are met:

  • Capital strength conditions: Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio and Leverage Ratio ≥ "hard" limits stipulated by the Group RAF; Minimum own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) ≥ Early Warning envisaged by the Group RAF; Verification of ICAAP outcome and recommendations on distributions by competent authorities and European supervisory authorities;
  • Liquidity condition: Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) ≥ "hard" limit set by the Group RAF;
  • Sustainability condition: no Loss and Positive Gross Income.

With reference to the Group Top Risk Takers alone, an additional gateway condition is envisaged to verify that the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) is higher than or equal to the limits set by the Group RAF (liquidity condition).

For those Legal Entities which calculate their limits of capital strength and liquidity, failure to respect these limits constitutes a non-activation condition for all the Incentive Systems destined to the resources operating in the Legal Entity, also when those of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group and any related sub-holding company may be positively respected.

Once the gateway conditions have been met, in order to ensure financial sustainability, the incentive systems are funded by a structured bonus pool mechanism.

Specifically, the Group bonus pool consists of the following two portions:

  • a larger portion correlated with the performance of a Group economic indicator consisting of the Group Gross Income, intended to finance most of the Group's annual Incentive Systems and the one for the Risk Takers (so-called "gross income-based bonus pool");
  • a (smaller) portion that is self-funded, in that the amount is determined as a percentage of the commission earned by the network employees in the context of the Wealth Management & Protection activities (so-called "commission-based bonus pool"). This mechanism is applied, among others, in the Incentive System for the Relationship Managers (including those identified as Risk Takers).

With regard to the gross income-based bonus pool, it:

  • increases progressively starting from when it exceeds the so-called Access Threshold (i.e. the minimum Gross Income target which, though lower than the budget, is deemed acceptable) up to a predefined cap;
  • decreases significantly, in both absolute and relative terms, in the event of failure to reach the Access Threshold, and determines the payment of the bonuses accrued only to certain clusters of personnel.

The bonus pool defined as described above is allocated, ex ante in primis, to the various Incentive Systems funded by the Group and, in the case of Incentive Systems that involve cross-functional clusters (as in the case of the annual Incentive System for the Risk Takers), it is subsequently configured at individual Division/Governance Area level.

In line with the principle of financial sustainability, the actual figure (ex post) of the bonus pool initially attributed to each Division is "modulated" depending on the level of the Gross Income reached, with respect to the Access Threshold, by each Division (for the Governance Areas the Access Threshold is the same as that for the Group). Specifically, if:

  • the gross income achieved by both the Group and the Division is equal to or higher than the Access Threshold, the Group Top Risk Takers and all the other Risk Takers are eligible for the annual Incentive System;
  • the gross income achieved by the Group is equal to or higher than the Access Threshold and the gross income of the Division is positive but lower than the Access Threshold (or vice versa), the Risk Takers (excluding the Group Top Risk Takers) are eligible for the annual Incentive System.

In all other cases, no Risk Takers are eligible for the annual Incentive System.

The commission-based bonus pool, on the other hand, is determined based on the commissions generated by the specific sales network.

Both portions of the bonus pool are subject to the following correction mechanisms:

  • reduction in the event of failure to comply with the limits set in the RAF, both Group and Division, for non-financial risks, i.e. Risk related to Operational Losses and Integrated Risk Assessment, with an impact in terms of a 10% reduction in case the "hard" limit set in the RAF for Operating Losses is exceeded or in case of a residual risk equivalent to level 4 for the Integrated Risk Assessment and/or, only in the latter case, a 5% reduction in the event of residual risk equivalent to level 3. This reduction may lead to a maximum reduction of 20% for each level it is applied to;
  • 10% reduction according to the degree of deviation from the Division Economic EVA (Economic Value Added) target. More in detail, this mechanism acts as a demultiplier if target level is exceeded beyond a certain tolerance level (i.e. 90% of the Economic EVA target assigned at budget level to the individual Division99).

With regard to the Incentive Systems for the Financial Advisors of the Private Banking Division, these are self-financing because the non-recurring remuneration of these categories of personnel is represented by commissions set as a percentage of gross revenues earned by the Company to which they belong. In any

99 It should be noted that this KPI is not defined at Legal Entity level.

event, the correction mechanisms for non-financial risks (with some specifications) and for the degree of deviation from the target EVA apply.

Instead, in the Performance Scorecard definition phase, risk monitoring is ensured through the allocation of KPIs defined according to the Cost of risk/Sustainability strategic driver and aimed at an express risk reduction and/or mitigation as defined by the RAF. Thus, the process used to identify these KPIs involves the Chief Risk Officer Governance Area, in order to ensure the consistency of the KPIs with the Group's RAF.

The ex post monitoring of risks is guaranteed by corrective mechanisms applied to bonuses associated with excessive risk-taking. These mechanisms, according to the risks undertaken and the respective cluster segment100, act as demultipliers of the bonus. In particular, a bonus demultiplier is envisaged linked to:

  • residual risk of each structure (Q-Factor) for all the Risk Takers;
  • failure to reach the expected Capital Adequacy (CET 1) level set in the RAF for Business and Governance Group Top Risk Takers;
  • failure to meet a predetermined operating cost containment target set in the budget for non-Business Group Top Risk Takers and the Heads of the structures reporting to the abovementioned subjects;
  • non-compliance with the limits set by the Group RAF related to market risk, Italian public sector risk, and interest rate risk for the Business Group Risk Takers (including the Deputy to the Head of the IMI CIB Business Division identified as a Top Risk Taker);
  • failure to meet the expected mandatory training attendance levels for all Risk Takers.

Moreover, regardless of the respective macro-segment, the payment of the individual bonus is, in any case, subject to the verification, in the bonus payment phase, of the absence of the so-called individual compliance breaches, i.e. the individual access conditions for conduct risk monitoring.

Finally, tools are adopted to correct behaviours and monitor the effects of managerial actions over time through:

  • the possible reduction, up to zero, of the deferred components of the allocated bonus (malus conditions - see point f.2);
  • the repayment of bonuses already paid following the occurrence of specific conditions (claw-back mechanisms - see point f.2).

d. The ratios between fixed and variable remuneration set in accordance with point (g) of Article 94(1) CRD

The Intesa Sanpaolo Group, in full compliance with regulatory indications, traditionally adopts an appropriately "balanced" pay mix in order to allow flexible management of labour costs as the variable part may significantly decline, even down to zero, depending on the performance actually achieved during the year in question or when the Group was not able to maintain or restore a solid capital base, and to discourage behaviour focused on the achievement of short-term results, particularly if these involve taking on greater risks.

It is standard Group practice to establish ex-ante balanced limits on variable remuneration for all clusters of Group personnel, by setting specific caps on bonuses in the event of any over-performance. This cap to the variable remuneration was determined in general in 100% of the fixed remuneration with the exception:

  • of the roles belonging to the Company Control Functions, who are assigned a cap of 33% of the fixed remuneration;
  • of the roles similar to the Company Control Functions101 and of the Heads of the Group Human Resources Function, who are assigned a cap of 60% of the fixed remuneration.

As approved by the Shareholders' Meeting with a qualified majority, the variable remuneration cap set in the general criteria was increased:

100 It should be noted that the Incentive System for the Relationship Managers and the Incentive System for the Financial Advisors include specific correction mechanisms for the bonus.

101 Similar roles include the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports and the Head of the Group Administrative Governance and Controls structure.

  • up to 200% of fixed remuneration for Group Risk Takers102 and specific and limited highprofitability professional categories and business segments;
  • up to 400% of fixed remuneration for personnel of the "Investment" category of the Group's Asset Management Companies (SGR entities) that carry out their activities exclusively for the same Asset Management Company, in compliance with the right granted by the Supervisory Provisions103 .

e. Description of the ways in which the institution seeks to link performance during a performance measurement period with levels of remuneration

e.1.An overview of main performance criteria and metrics for institution, business lines and individuals

The annual Incentive System for the Risk Takers is formalised through Performance Scorecards which include both economic-financial KPIs and non-financial KPIs. More specifically, the economic-financial and non -quantitative KPIs are clustered within 4 drivers (Growth, Profitability, Productivity and Cost of Risk/Sustainability - with reference to the personnel of the Company Control Functions, the non-economicfinancial quantitative KPIs allocated are linked solely to the last two drivers), while the non-financial – qualitative KPIs are divided into strategic actions or projects that represent the enabling factors for the achievement of the financial KPIs or contribute to the achievement of the Strategic Plan objectives and promote or act as an incentive for good conduct, especially with reference to businesses and areas that involve direct customer relationships.

Identification of KPIs, on which incentives granting is based, is carried out by the competent functions, considering the most significant economic and financial indicators for achievement of the budget objectives, periodically monitored through internal reporting tools and available at the consolidated level, as well as at division and/or business unit level.

The Performance Scorecards have a three-fold structure in order to measure performance on multiple levels. In particular:

  • the Group section contains at least one quantitative KPI measured on the Group scope and common to all the Scorecards, except those intended to the Company Control Functions and similar roles. For 2024, in line with the previous year, the Net Income was assigned as Group KPI. Moreover, in the Group Governance Areas, for the Group Risk Takers and those reporting directly to the Chief, also the objective to minimise the Group's Cost/Income was provided;
  • the Structure section presents financial and non-quantitative KPIs that are consistent with the levers applied by the individual and reported at the Division/Governance Area level or, in any case, area of responsibility. Below is a non-exhaustive list of KPIs for each driver:
    • o growth: Net Inflows, Medium-Long-Term Disbursements + New purchases of tax assets, Income from Non-Life Insurance Business;
    • o profitability: Operating Income/average RWAs, Revenues/Assets, and Total Income from Non-Life Insurance Business/Mathematical Reserves;
    • o productivity: Cost/Income, Reduction in operating costs, Full Combined Ratio;
    • o cost of risk/sustainability: gross NPL ratio, Concentration Risk, Gross flows from performing loans to NPEs, Operational Losses/Operating Income, Maximisation of LCR target levels, Reduction of risk factors in the field of health and safety in the workplace.
  • the non-financial qualitative section includes KPIs relating to the taking of actions envisaged by the Business Plan or the measurement of managerial skills (possibly also individual), whose reporting is usually objectified by identifying drivers defined ex-ante which guide the ex-post assessment and/or subject to evaluation by the Head. For 2024, in continuity with the previous financial years, the Group cross-functional KPI "Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)" was identified among the strategic actions. Furthermore, for the Company Control Functions, for 2024, in keeping with 2018, a cross-functional KPI was confirmed that lies within the objective of "Risk Culture – Promoting awareness at all levels of the organisation regarding emerging risks, with a particular focus on the risks related to climate change and technological innovation, by means of educational, awareness raising and training initiatives".

Each KPI is assigned a weight equal to at least 10% to ensure the relevance of the objective, and no more than 30% to guarantee appropriate weighting of the numerous objectives. The performance evaluation period (accrual period) is annual.

102 Those belonging to the Company Control Functions and similar roles, the non-executive members of the Board of Directors of Intesa Sanpaolo and the Group Risk Takers operating in countries where the local regulations allow a maximum limit of 100% represent an exception.

103 Update of 26 October 2018 of Bank of Italy Circular 285/2013.

Among the incentive initiatives dedicated to highly profitable business segments established by the Group, the Incentive System for the Relationship Managers of the Private Banking Division's International Sales Networks and the Incentive System for the Non-Employee Financial Advisors of the Private Banking Division also include individuals identified as Risk Takers within these clusters.

Specifically, these Systems are aimed at supporting the achievement of the Company's sales and economic-financial targets, taking into account the actual needs of customers and in line with their risk profile. The performance is measured through both economic-financial KPIs that reflect the value generated and non-financial KPIs that include measures to guide behaviour towards customer satisfaction, compliance with the principles of fairness in customer relations and reduction of operational risks.

e.2.An overview of how amounts of individual variable remuneration are linked to institution-wide and individual performance

The total amount due to the Risk Takers is allocated annually based on the evaluation of the results of the individual performance scorecard which, as illustrated in the previous point, has a three-fold structure which includes, among other things, both KPIs linked to the performance of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group and KPIs linked to the performance of the respective Division/Governance Area.

It should be noted that the bonus is defined with different calculation methods depending on the cluster. In particular, this calculation is deterministic for the Group Top Risk Takers, is ranking-based for the other Group Risk Takers and is connected to the evaluation of the results for the remaining Risk Takers.

e.3. Information on the criteria used to determine the balance between different types of instruments awarded including shares, equivalent ownership interest, options and other instruments

In compliance with the Supervisory Provisions, the financial instruments used by the Intesa Sanpaolo Group to pay the variable remuneration portions to be settled in financial instruments are Intesa Sanpaolo shares (see paragraph f.1). Exceptions to this general rule are envisaged in compliance with the specificities of the sector (e.g. Assets under management) and local (e.g. Slovakia, Brazil, etc.) regulations. Coinciding with the launch of the 2022-2025 Business Plan, the Risk Takers, including the Managing Director and CEO, the remaining Group Top Risk Takers, in the context of the PSP (Performance Share Plan) Long-Term Incentive Plan, were assigned the right to accrue a certain number of Performance Shares upon the expiration of the Plan, as long as specific gateway conditions are fulfilled and certain performance targets are achieved, and taking into account correction mechanisms based on sustainability targets that act as a demultiplier of the number of shares accrued at term (if any).

In addition, for non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IW Private Investments identified as Risk Takers, a specific Long-Term Incentive Plan for 2022-2025, also based on performance shares, was provided.

Lastly, the personnel of the "Investments" area of Eurizon Capital Real Asset (ECRA) SGR and Neva SGR identified as Risk Takers participate in long term incentive plans that provide for the use of phantom instruments which virtually replicate the effects of a direct investment in shares of the funds managed by these companies that have specific characteristics, including that of assigning a proportionally higher share of profits than those assigned to other investors.

e.4. Information of the measures the institution will implement to adjust variable remuneration in the event that performance metrics are weak, including the institution's criteria for determining "weak" performance metrics. In accordance with point (n) of Article 94(1) CRD, to be paid or vested the variable remuneration has to be justified on the basis of the performance of the institution, the business unit and the individual concerned. Institutions shall explain the criteria/thresholds for determining that the performance is weak and that does not justify that the variable remuneration can be paid or vested

The measures implemented by the Group to adjust the variable component of the remuneration in the event that the performance measurement metrics are weak impact both the bonus pool and the bonus accrued by each individual.

With regard to the Bonus Pool, as mentioned in point c, this (and consequently also the annual Incentive System for the Risk Takers) is activated only if the main capital and liquidity requirements, namely the minimum regulatory conditions of solidity at Group level, are met and if the economic and financial sustainability condition is in place.

Furthermore, the gross income-based bonus pool funding at Group level (quantum) is defined with a topdown approach, it is destined to fund the majority of the Group annual Incentive Systems, including the one for the Risk Takers, and is based on the available resources deriving from the economic-financial results achieved in terms of meeting the Gross income target at the Group and/or Division level, adjusted for the non-financial risks undertaken (see point c). Therefore, in the event of "weak" performance at Group

and/or Division level (i.e. Gross income below the Access Threshold, breach of the economic EVA target beyond a certain tolerance level), the bonus pool decreases significantly, in both absolute and relative terms, thereby impeding the payment of the bonuses accrued to certain clusters of personnel, first of all (conceptually) also the Risk Takers. With regard to the commission-based bonus pool, it is determined based on the commissions generated by the specific sales network and therefore incorporates the modulation based on any "weak" performance (in any case it is subject to correction if the economic EVA target is exceeded beyond a certain tolerance level).

Finally, any ''weak'' performance at Group level in terms of failure to meet the malus conditions (see point f.2) result in the possible reduction, up to zero, of the deferred components of the allocated bonus.

f. Description of the ways in which the institution seeks to adjust remuneration to take account of long-term performance

f.1. An overview of the institution's policy on deferral, payout in instrument, retention periods and vesting of variable remuneration including where it is different among staff or categories of staff

Illustrated below are the methods for the payment of the variable remuneration adopted by the Intesa Sanpaolo Group according to the personnel category, the amount of variable remuneration and the incidence of variable remuneration in relation to fixed remuneration.

  • For the Group Top Risk Takers and all those who accrue a "particularly high" amount of variable remuneration104, regardless of the respective macro-segment:
    • o 60% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 5 years;
    • o the portion paid in financial instruments is equal to 60% if the variable remuneration exceeds 100% of the fixed remuneration or 55% in the case of variable remuneration equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration.
  • For the Top Risk Takers of Sub-consolidating Groups and Legal Entities (including those who are also identified as Group Risk Takers):
    • o 50% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 5 years if the variable remuneration exceeds 100% of the fixed remuneration;
    • o 40% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 5 years if the amount exceeds the materiality threshold105 but is equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration;
    • o the portion paid in financial instruments is equal to 60% in the first case and to 55% in the second.
  • For the other Risk Takers:
    • o 50% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 4 years if the amount exceeds the materiality threshold and is above 100% of the fixed remuneration;
    • o 40% of the variable remuneration is deferred for a period of 4 years if the amount exceeds the materiality threshold but is equal to or lower than 100% of the fixed remuneration;
    • o the portion paid in financial instruments is equal to 50% of the variable remuneration.

Regardless of the relevant macro segment, the variable remuneration is entirely paid in cash if the amount is equal to or lower than the materiality threshold and 100% of the fixed remuneration.

For all clusters, the variable remuneration (both the up-front and the deferred portion) paid in financial instruments is subject to a retention period of one year.

Conversely, specific payment schedules apply to the personnel of asset management companies.

f.2. Information of the institution' criteria for ex post adjustments (malus during deferral and clawback after vesting, if permitted by national law)

Each deferred portion of variable remuneration is subject to an ex-post adjustment mechanism – the socalled malus conditions – according to which the relative amount recognised and the number of financial instruments assigned, if any, may be reduced, even to zero, in the year in which the deferred portion is paid, in relation to the level of achievement of the minimum conditions set by the Regulator regarding the capital strength and liquidity, as well as the achievement of the financial sustainability condition. These malus conditions, which are symmetrical to the gateway conditions, are:

• Capital strength conditions: Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio and Leverage Ratio ≥ "hard" limits stipulated by the Group RAF; Minimum own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) ≥ Early

104 For the three-year period 2022-2024, the variable remuneration exceeding 400,000 euro is considered particularly high.

105The Intesa Sanpaolo Group has defined its materiality threshold, differentiated by clusters of personnel, beyond which the variable remuneration is considered "significant". Specifically, for Risk Takers, in accordance with the applicable regulations, the variable remuneration is considered "significant" if it exceeds the amount of 50,000 euro or if it represents more than one third of the total remuneration.

Warning envisaged by the Group RAF; Verification of ICAAP outcome and recommendations on distributions by competent authorities and European supervisory authorities;

  • Liquidity condition: Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) ≥ "hard" limit set by the Group RAF;
  • Sustainability condition: No Loss and Positive Gross Income.

With reference to the Group Top Risk Takers alone, an additional gateway condition is envisaged to verify that the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) is higher than or equal to the limits set by the Group RAF (liquidity condition).

Similarly to the provisions on the gateway conditions, it is specified that for those Legal Entities which calculate their limits of capital strength and liquidity, failure to respect these limits and to meet the sustainability conditions constitutes the malus condition of all the Incentive Systems destined to the resources operating in the Legal Entity, also when those of the Intesa Sanpaolo Group may be positively met.

In case one of the conditions of capital strength or of liquidity does not occur individually, the deferred portion is reduced to zero; if the condition of sustainability is not met, the deferred portion is reduced by 50%.

Furthermore, the company reserves the right to activate clawback mechanisms, namely the return of bonuses already paid as required by regulations, as part of:

  • disciplinary initiatives and provisions envisaged for fraudulent behaviour or gross negligence by personnel;
  • violations of the obligations imposed under Article 26 of the Consolidated Law on Banking or, where the entity is a stakeholder, Article 53(4) et seq. of the Consolidated Law on Banking or of remuneration and incentive obligations;
  • behaviour non-compliant with the legal and regulatory provisions, Articles of Association or any codes of ethics and conduct from which a "significant loss" derived for the Company or the customer.

These mechanisms may be applied in the 5 years following the payment of the individual portion (upfront and deferred, if any) of variable remuneration.

f.3. Where applicable, shareholding requirements that may be imposed on identified staff

It should be noted that no minimum shareholding requirements are defined for any clusters.

g. The description of the main parameters and rationale for any variable components scheme and any other non-cash benefit in accordance with point (f) of Article 450(1) CRR

Information on the specific performance indicators used to determine the variable components of remuneration and the criteria used to determine the balance between different types of instruments awarded, including shares, equivalent ownership interests, share-linked instruments, equivalent non cashinstruments, options and other instruments

For information on the specific performance indicators used to determine the variable remuneration components, see point e.1.

The variable remuneration for the Risk Takers, if it is higher than the materiality threshold or 100% of the fixed remuneration, is paid according to specific payment schedules (see point f.1) and settled partly in cash and partly in financial instruments.

In compliance with the Supervisory Provisions, for the Risk Takers, the financial instruments used by the Intesa Sanpaolo Group to pay the variable remuneration portion to be settled in financial instruments are Intesa Sanpaolo shares (see point f.1). Exceptions to this general rule are envisaged in compliance with the specificities of the sector (e.g. Assets under management) and local (e.g. Slovakia, Brazil, etc.) regulations.

Coinciding with the launch of the 2022-2025 Business Plan, the Risk Takers, including the Managing Director and CEO, the remaining Group Top Risk Takers, in the context of the PSP (Performance Share Plan) Long-Term Incentive Plan, were assigned the right to accrue a certain number of Performance Shares upon the expiration of the Plan, as long as specific gateway conditions were fulfilled, certain performance targets were achieved and taking into account correction mechanisms based on sustainability targets that act as a demultiplier of the number of shares accrued at term (if any).

In addition, for non-employee Financial Advisors of the Fideuram, Sanpaolo Invest and IW Private Investments identified as Risk Takers, a specific Long-Term Incentive Plan for 2022-2025, also based on performance shares, was provided.

Lastly, the personnel of the "Investments" area of Eurizon Capital Real Asset (ECRA) SGR and Neva SGR identified as Risk Takers participates in long term incentive plans that provide for the use of phantom instruments which virtually replicate the effects of a direct investment in shares of the funds managed by

these companies that have specific characteristics, including that of assigning a proportionally higher share of profits than those assigned to other investors.

h. Upon demand from the relevant Member State or competent authority, the total remuneration for each member of the management body or senior management, as referred to in point (j) of Article 450(1) CRR

Please see table 1, 2, 3A and 3B of the paragraph "Remuneration", of the chapter "Disclosure on remuneration paid in financial year 2021" of the Part II present in Section II.

i. Information on whether the institution benefits from a derogation laid down in Article 94(3) CRD in accordance with point (k) of Article 450(1) CRR.

For the purposes of this point, institutions that benefit from such a derogation shall indicate whether this is on the basis of point (a) and/or point (b) of Article 94(3) CRD. They shall also indicate for which of the remuneration principles they apply the derogation(s), the number of staff members that benefit from the derogation(s) and their total remuneration, split into fixed and variable remuneration

It should be noted that the Intesa Sanpaolo Group benefits from the exemption pursuant to article 94, paragraph 3, letter b), of the CRD.

Consequently, the annual bonus for 2024 accrued by the Risk Takers, if it is of an amount not exceeding 50,000 euro and does not account for more than one third of its total annual remuneration, is:

  • entirely paid in cash, if the amount is less than 100% of the fixed remuneration;
  • deferred for a period of 2 years for a portion amounting to 40% paid in cash, only for the Financial Advisors (identified as Risk Takers) who have the accessory assignment of Area Manager belonging to the Fideuram – Intesa Sanpaolo Private Banking Group, if the amount is equal to or less than 100% of the recurring remuneration.
a b c d
MB Supervisory
function
MB Management
function
Other senior
management
(so-called Key
Managers)
Other identified staff
(so-called Risk
Takers)
Number of Identified Staff 250
% Risk Takers who benefit
from the derogation
27%
Fixed Remuneration 38,945,207
Variable remuneration 8,120,567
Of which: deferred 51,853
Total remuneration 47,065,774

j. Large institutions (the ISP Group is a ''large institution'') shall disclose the quantitative information on the remuneration of their collective management body, differentiating between executive and non-executive members, as referred to in Article 450(2) CRR

Please see table 1, 2, 3A and 3B of the paragraph "Remuneration", of the chapter "Disclosure on remuneration paid in financial year 2021" of Part II of this Section.

Quantitative disclosure

EU REM1 – Remuneration awarded for the financial year to staff whose professional activities have a material impact on Bank' risk profile (so-called Risk Takers 1 )

a b c d
MB Supervisory function MB Management function Other senior
management
(so-called Key Managers)
Other identified staff
(so
called Risk Takers1
)
1 Number of identified staff2 18 1 24 873
2 Total fixed remuneration 5,384,400 2,869,960 21,826,037 233,269,104
3 Of which: cash-based 5,384,400 2,755,385 20,586,130 225,212,949
EU -4a Fixed Remuneration Of which: shares or equivalent ownership interests
5 Of which: share-linked instruments or equivalent
non-cash instruments
EU -5x Of which: other instruments
7 Of which: other forms3 114,575 1,239,907 8,056,155
9 Number of identified staff 1 24 782
10 Total variable remuneration 4,530,000 27,904,601 150,024,666
11 Of which: cash-based 1,812,000 11,216,201 75,792,894
12 Of which: deferred 906,000 5,562,800 31,034,022
EU -13a Of which: shares or equivalent ownership interests 2,718,000 16,134,000 69,332,625
EU -14a Variable Of which: deferred 1,812,000 10,663,100 38,001,360
EU -13b remuneration Of which: share-linked instruments or equivalent
non-cash instruments4
588,017
EU -14b Of which: deferred 235,207
EU -14x Of which: other instruments5 554,400 3,673,800
EU-14y Of which: deferred 369,600 2,131,100
15 Of which: other forms6 637,330
16 Of which: deferred 798,000
17 Total remuneration
(2+10)
5,384,400 7,399,960 49,730,638 383,293,770

1 Risk Takers identified both at ISP Group level and at sub-consolidating Groups or subsidiary Banks in European Union countries level.

2 It should be noted that the number of risk takers does not include i) 16 resources belonging to the "Other identified staff" cluster who were terminated during the year ii) 1 resource belonging to the "Other senior management" as, having been hired at the end of 2024, he didn't meet the minimum number of months requirement (i.e. at least three) to be identified as risk taker

3 Non-discretionary benefits (please note that in order to calculate the ratio between variable and fixed remuneration such forms of remuneration are not considered).

4 Portions of bonuses assigned in ISP Phantom Shares.

5Portions of bonuses assigned as (i) UCITS or phantom UCITS to Risk Takers belonging to significant asset management companies, as required by Joint Bank of Italy – Consob Regulation issued on 27 April 2017 and subsequently confirmed by the Regulation implementing articles 4-undecies and 6, par.1, letter b) and c-bis), of Bank of Italy Consolidated Law on Finance and (ii) VUB Banka Certificates to Risk Takers belonging to this Bank in compliance with the local regulation.

6Value of the bonuses awarded as part of the financial advisors' business contests.

With reference to the trend of remuneration between 2024 and 2023, it should be noted that, with regard to:

  • the "Other senior management", the comparison of remuneration data with the previous years is partially significant against the increase of the number of the members of this cluster, mainly due to Intesa Sanpaolo's implementation, in April 2024, of the generational change in the leaderships roles through a reorganisation that valued female talent and created a mix of expert and young managers to support innovation and to face the challenges of the European banking sector;
  • the "Other identified staff", the number of Risk Takers slightly increased with respect to the previous year and the comparison of remuneration data is partially significant as the perimeter changed; the reduction of the number of Financial Advisors was, indeed, more than compensated by the increase of the employees (also due to the acquisition of First Bank), but the remuneration package of these two populations is not comparable. Furthermore, the variable remuneration also includes severance payments that, due to the reorganisation that was carried out during the year, are higher than those in 2023 (please see EU REM2 - Special payments to staff whose professional activities have a material impact on institutions' risk profile).

EU REM2 – Special payments to staff whose professional activities have a material impact on institutions' risk profile (so-called Risk Takers 1 )

a b c d
MB Supervisory function MB Management
function
Other senior
management
(so-called Key Managers)
Other identified staff
(so
called Risk Takers1
)
Guaranteed variable remuneration awards2
1 Guaranteed variable remuneration awards -
Number of identified staff
1
2 Guaranteed variable remuneration awards -Total
amount
91,597
3 Of which guaranteed variable remuneration
awards paid during the financial year, that are
not taken into account in the bonus cap
0
Severance payments awarded in previous periods, that have been paid out during the financial year3
4 Number of identified staff 2 31
5 Total amount 700,000 2,142,510
Severance payments awarded during the financial year
6 Number of identified staff 15
7 Total amount 9,584,481
8 4
Of which paid during the financial year
4,674,125
9 Of which deferred 4,910,356
10 Of which severance payments paid during the
financial year, that are not taken into account in
the bonus cap5
6,079,584
11 Of which highest payment that has been
awarded to a single person
2,700,000

1 Risk Takers identified both at ISP Group level and at sub-consolidating Groups or subsidiary Banks in European Union countries level.

2 Please note that the data reported refers to severance awarded in previous financial years to Risk Takers, in particular to 2 Top Risk Takers

(i.e. Key Managers) and to 31 other Risk Takers.

3Please note that the column "Other identified staff" also includes the severance payments awarded to 3 resources who were identified as "Key Managers" until March 2024 equal to overall 2,807,813 euro; in particular (i) severance equal to 1,957,813 euro, to be paid in the 2024-2030 period partly in cash and partly in shares, and non-competition agreement with a duration of 1 year starting from the termination equal to 850,000 euro, to pay, in cash, 50% in 2025 and the remaining 50% in 2026. The Intesa Sanpaolo Board of Directors determined such amounts based on the activities carried out by such subjects as provided in the Remuneration and Incentive Policies.

4 Of which (i) 1,112,063 euro assigned up-front as ISP Shares and subject to a year of holding period, (ii) 340,000 euro assigned up-front as UCIT units and subject to a year of holding period and (iii) 1,311,750 euro paid in cash at the beginning of 2025 as 9 subjects left the Group on 31/12/2024.

5 I.e. amounts agreed and paid (i) based on a non-competition agreement, for the portion which, for each year of duration of the agreement, does not exceed the last year of fixed remuneration and (ii) calculated according to the predefined calculation formula approved by the Shareholders' Meeting of Intesa Sanpaolo. It should be noted that of the amount indicated, 2,644,000 euro were paid during the year (of which (i) 517,833 euro assigned up-front as ISP Shares and subject to a one year holding period, (ii) 162,917 euro assigned up-front as UCIT units and subject to a one year holding period, (iii) 913,250 euro paid out in cash at the beginning of 2025 to the subjects who left the Group on 31/12/2024).

It should be noted that the bonuses awarded under the guaranteed variable remuneration relate to 1 buy out and are lower compared to last year both in terms of the number of beneficiaries and of the total amount.

With regard to the "Severance payments awarded in previous periods, that have been paid out during the financial year" (so-called severance), there was an increase in the recipients of these payments compared to 2023 due to the agreements signed in previous years. The total amount disbursed is related to the payment schedules set out in the Policies in force at the time of the award.

Instead, with regard to the severance amounts paid during the financial year, mainly linked to the voluntary exit of personnel as a result of the agreement entered into in 2021 with the Trade Unions aimed at facilitating generational change, an increase compared to 2023 was recorded in terms of beneficiaries and total amount.

EU REM3 – Deferred remuneration for staff whose professional activities have a material impact on institutions' risk profile (so-called Risk Takers 1 )

a (b+c) b c d e f EU –
g
EU –
h
Deferred and
retained
remuneration
Total amount of
deferred remuneration
awarded for previous
performance periods
Of which due to vest
in the financial year
Of which vesting in
subsequent financial
years
Amount of
performance
adjustment
made in the
financial year
to deferred
remuneration
that was due to
vest in the
financial year
Amount of
performance
adjustment
made in the
financial year
to deferred
remuneration
that was due to
vest in future
performance
years
Total amount of
adjustment
during the
financial year
due to ex post
implicit
adjustments
(i.e.changes of
value of deferred
remuneration due
to the changes of
prices of
instruments)
Total amount of
deferred
remuneration
awarded before the
financial year
actually paid out in
the financial year
Total of amount of
deferred
remuneration
awarded for
previous
performance period
that has vested but
is subject to
retention periods
1 MB Supervisory
function
2 Cash-based
3 Shares or
equivalent
ownership
interests
4 Share-linked
instruments or
equivalent non
cash instruments
5 Other
instruments
6 Other forms
7 MB
Management
function
6,935,400 2,001,240 4,934,160 254,668 1,861,588 1,279,620
8 Cash-based 3,110,190 496,630 2,613,560 29,286 526,106
9 Shares or
equivalent
ownership
interests
3,825,210 1,504,610 2,320,600 225,382 1,335,482 1,279,620
10 Share-linked
instruments or
equivalent non
cash instruments
11 Other
instruments

a (b+c) b c d e f EU –
g
EU –
h
12 Other forms
13 Other senior
management
(so-called Key
Managers)
32,018,904 9,077,254 22,941,650 1,091,269 7,413,020 5,572,869
14 Cash-based 14,329,834 2,174,044 12,155,790 105,633 2,300,308
15 Shares or
equivalent
ownership
interests
17,689,070 6,903,210 10,785,860 966,435 4,923,669 5,518,871
16 Share-linked
instruments or
equivalent non
cash instruments
17 Other
instruments2
19,201 189,043 53,998
18 Other forms
19 Other identified
staff
(so-called Risk
Taker1
)
137,874,212 42,191,379 95,682,833 343,618 2,563,453 32,696,262 22,080,114
20 Cash-based 70,215,477 12,623,527 57,591,950 121,828 201,357 13,501,160
21 Shares or
equivalent
ownership
interests
63,219,651 27,577,402 35,642,249 221,790 2,253,911 17,991,557 20,540,341
22 Share-linked
instruments or
equivalent non
cash
instruments3
442,760 240,373 202,387 45,947 145,718 156,732
23 Other
instruments4
3,996,324 1,750,077 2,246,247 62,238 1,057,827 1,383,041
24 Other forms
25 Total amount 176,828,516 53,269,873 123,558,643 343,618 3,909,390 41,970,870 28,932,603

1 Risk Takers identified both at ISP Group level and at sub-consolidating Groups or subsidiary Banks in European Union countries level

2 Portions of bonuses assigned as UCITS to Risk Takers belonging to significant asset management companies, as required by the Joint Bank of Italy – Consob Regulation issued on 27th April 2017 and subsequently confirmed by the Regulation implementing Articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, letter b) and c-bis) of the Bank of Italy Consolidated Law on Finance

3 Portions of bonuses assigned as ISP Phantom Shares

4Portions of bonuses assigned as (i) UCITS or phantom UCITS to Risk Takers belonging to asset management companies, as required by Joint Bank of Italy – Consob Regulation issued on 27th April 2017 and subsequently confirmed by the Regulation implementing Articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, letter b) and c-bis) of the Bank of Italy Consolidated Law on Finance and (ii) VUB Banka Certificates to Risk Takers belonging to this Bank in compliance with the local regulation.

With reference to the above table, it should be noted that the trend in the deferred portions compared to 2023 is partially comparable taking into account (i) the increase in the number of Risk Takers and (ii) the application of the payment schedules of the annual incentive systems and the 2018-2021 LTIP Plan for Financial Advisors.

EU REM4 – Remuneration of 1 million EUR or more per year

a
EUR Identified staff that are high earners as set
out in Article 450(i) CRR
1 1,000,000 to below 1,500,000 50
2 1,500,000 to below 2,000,000 18
3 2,000,000 to below 2,500,000 3
4 2,500,000 to below 3,000,000 3
5 3,000,000 to below 3,500,000 5
6 3,500,000 to below 4,000,000 4
7 4,000,000 to below 4,500,000
8 4,500,000 to below 5,000,000
9 5,000,000 to below 6,000,000
10 6,000,000 to below 7,000,000
11 7,000,000 to below 8,000,000 1

The table above lists, by remuneration brackets, the number of employees classified as Risk Takers whose total remuneration paid during the year is equal to or greater than 1 million euro. It should be noted that the calculation took into account both the fixed and variable remuneration pertaining to the year. Compared to 2023, an increase can be observed in the number of subjects included in this cluster, in brief, due to the increase (i) in the "Other senior management" cluster and (ii) of the Financial Advisors who accrued a remuneration equal to or higher than 1 million euro.

EU REM5 – Information on remuneration of staff whose professional activities have a material impact on Bank' risk profile (so-called Risk Taker1 )

a b c d e f g h i j
Management body remuneration Business areas
MB Supervisory
function
MB Management
function
Total MB MB
Supervisory
function
MB
Management
function
Total MB MB
Supervisory
function
MB
Management
function
Total MB MB
Supervisory
function
1 Total number of identified
staff2
916
2 Of which: members of the
MB
18 1 19
3 Of which: other senior
management (so-called Key
Managers)
1 3 1 13 3 3
4 Of which: other identified
staff (so-called Risk
Takers1
)
66 166 11 308 127 195
5 Total remuneration of
identified staff
5,384,400 7,399,960 12,784,360 40,515,078 72,851,704 11,214,799 147,173,825 36,837,223 124,431,779
6 Of which: variable
remuneration
0 4,530,000 4,530,000 20,239,711 35,429,925 6,187,000 71,312,935 6,025,893 38,733,803
7 Of which: fixed
remuneration
5,384,400 2,869,960 8,254,360 20,275,367 37,421,779 5,027,799 75,860,890 30,811,330 85,697,976

1 Risk Takers identified both at ISP Group level and at sub-consolidating Groups or subsidiary Banks in European Union countries level.

2 It should be noted that the number of risk takers does not include 16 resources who were terminated during the year belonging to the "Other identified staff" cluster.

Please note: the remuneration data of the Business Areas shown in the table can be partially compared with the 2023 information taking into account the change in the Risk Taker perimeter.

Quantitative information pursuant to CONSOB Regulation

Remuneration

Table No. 1: Remuneration paid to members of administration and control bodies, to General Managers, and to other Key Managers

(thousands of euro)
Non-equity variable
remuneration
Indemnity for
Surname and
Name
Office Office held
since
End of office Fixed Re
munera
tion
Remunera
tion for par
ticipation in
committees
Attend
ance
fees
Bonuses and
other incen
tives (xx)
Profit
sharing
Non
mon
etary
benefits
Other re
munera
tion
Total Fair value of
equity remu
neration
end of office or
termination of
the
employment
agreement
Chair of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 800 800
Gros-Pietro
Gian Maria
Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Member of the Nominations
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 22.5 22.5
Deputy Chair of the Board of
Deputy Chair of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 150 150
Colombo Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Paolo
Andrea
Chair of the Remuneration
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 60 40 100
Member of the Nominations
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 22.5 22.5

General Manager 01/01/2024 31/12/2024 2,135.4 1,812 114.6 4,062 2,858.5
Messina
Carlo
Managing Director and Chief
Executive Officer
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 500 500
Member of the Board of
Directors/ Executive Board
Member
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120

Office End of office Non-equity variable
remuneration
Indemnity for
Surname and
Name
Office held
since
Fixed Re
munera
tion
Remunera
tion for par
ticipation in
committees
Attend
ance
fees
Bonuses and
other incen
tives (xx)
Profit
sharing
Non
mon
etary
benefits
Other re
munera
tion
Total Fair value of
equity remu
neration
end of office or
termination of
the
employment
agreement
Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Ceruti
Franco
Member of the Risks and
Sustainability Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 117.5 117.5
Member of the Remuneration
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 40 40
a) INTESA SANPAOLO EXPO
Institutional Contact S.r.l. –
Chair and Director
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 130 130
a) INTESA SANPAOLO
PRIVATE BANKING S.p.A. –
Director
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 25 25
b) SOCIETA' BENEFIT
CIMAROSA 1 S.p.A. -
Chair
and Director
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 - -
Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Tagliavini
Paola
Chair of Risks and
Sustainability Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 60 117.5 177.5
Member of the Committee for
transactions with related
parties
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 35 35
Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Logiurato
Liana
Member of the Remuneration
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 40 40
Member of the Committee for
transactions with related
parties
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 35 35
Nebbia
Luciano
Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Member of the Remuneration
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 40 40
a) EQUITER S.p.A. –
Deputy
Chair
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 42 42

End of office Remunera
tion for par
ticipation in
committees
Non-equity variable
remuneration
Non Indemnity for
end of office or
Surname and
Name
Office Office held
since
Fixed Re
munera
tion
Attend
ance
fees
Bonuses and
other incen
tives (xx)
Profit
sharing
mon
etary
benefits
Other re
munera
tion
Total Fair value of
equity remu
neration
termination of
the
employment
agreement
Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Picca Bruno Member of the Nominations
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 22.5 22.5
Member of the Risks and
Sustainability Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 117.5 117.5
Pomodoro Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Livia Chair of the Nominations
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 60 22.5 82.5
Stefanelli Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Maria
Alessandra
Member of the Committee for
transactions with related
parties
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 32.5 32.5
Parigi Bruno Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Maria Member of the Risks and
Sustainability Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 117.5 117.5
Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Zamboni
Daniele
Chair of the Committee for
transactions with related
parties
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 60 35 95
Member of the Risks and
Sustainability Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 117.5 117.5
Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Mazzarella
Maria
Member of the Nominations
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 22.5 22.5
Member of the Committee for
transactions with related
parties
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 35 35

Office Remunera
tion for par
ticipation in
committees
Non-equity variable
remuneration
Indemnity for
end of office or
termination of
the
employment
agreement
Surname and
Name
Office held
since
End of office Fixed Re
munera
tion
Attend
ance
fees
Bonuses and
other incen
tives (xx)
Profit
sharing
Non
mon
etary
benefits
Other re
munera
tion
Total Fair value of
equity remu
neration
Member of the Board of
Directors
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 120 120
Gatti Anna Member of the Remuneration
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 40 40
Mosca
Fabrizio
Member of the Board of
Directors and of the
Management Control
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 260 260
Motta
Milena
Teresa
Member of the Board of
Directors and of the
Management Control
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 260 260
Zoppo Maria
Cristina
Member of the Board of
Directors and of the
Management Control
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 260 260
Pisani
Alberto
Member of the Board of
Directors and of the
Management Control
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 260 260
Maria Chair of the Management
Control Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 65 65
Franchini
Roberto
Member of the Board of
Directors and of the
Management Control
Committee
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 260 260
Vernero
Paolo
Chair of the Surveillance
Board
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 35 35
Cortellazzo
Andrea
Full Member of the
Surveillance Board
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 25 25
Dalla Sega
Franco
Full Member of the
Surveillance Board
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 25 25
a) BANCOMAT S.p.A. –
Chair
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 86 86

Surname and
Name
Office Office held
since
End of office Fixed Re
munera
tion
Remunera
tion for par
ticipation in
committees
Attend
ance
fees
Non-equity variable
remuneration
Indemnity for
Bonuses and
other incen
tives (xx)
Profit
sharing
Non
mon
etary
benefits
Other re
munera
tion
Total Fair value of
equity remu
neration
end of office or
termination of
the
employment
agreement
Key
Managers
(*)
Total remuneration and
attendance fees awarded by
Intesa Sanpaolo
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 19,852.5
c)
10,852.7 1,185.1 31,890.3 c) 15,215.1 2,807.8 d)
Total remuneration and
attendance fees awarded by
subsidiaries and associates
01/01/2024 31/12/2024 1,062.8
e)
760 69.6 1,892.4 e) 856.1

a) Remuneration/Attendance fees in subsidiaries and/or associates.

b) The amount does not include the remunerations for the office equal to euro 10,000 as they have been waived.

c) The data reported does not include other remunerations for offices in company subsidiaries and/or associates and equal to euro 700,419, since entirely transferred to the Parent company.

d) Severance equal to 1,958 thousand euro, to be paid in the 2024-2030 period partly in cash and partly in shares; non-competition agreement with a duration of 1 year starting from the termination equal to 850 thousand euro, to pay, in cash, 50% in 2025 and the remaining 50% in 2026. The Intesa Sanpaolo Board of Directors determined such amounts based on the activities carried out by such subjects as provided in the Remuneration and Incentive Policies

e) The data reported does not include other remunerations recognized for offices in company subsidiaries and/or associates and equal to euro 51,004 since entirely waived/transferred to subsidiaries companies.

(*) Remuneration refers to No. 30 Key Managers, No. 25 of whom in place as at 31 December 2024.

(x) The data reported refers to the portions of bonus assigned, both upfront and deferred, awarded following 2024 performance (for further details please see table 3B).

(thousands of euro) Options held at the beginning of the year Options awarded during the year Options expired during the year Options held at end of the year Options for the year Options held at the beginning of the year A B (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) = (2) + (5) -(11) -(14) (16) Surname and Name Office Plan Number of options Exercise price Possible exercise period (from -to) Number of options Exercise price Possible exercise period (from -to) Fair Value at the awarding date (x) Awarding date Market share price of the shares underlying the award of options Number of options Exercise price Market share price of the shares underlying the exercise date Number of options Number of options Fair value

Table No. 2: Stock options granted to members of administration body, General Managers and other Key Managers

Table No. 3A: Incentive plans based on financial instruments other than stock options, in favour of Managing Director and CEO and other Key Managers

(thousands of euro)
Financial instruments
awarded in previous years
and not vested during the
year
Financial instruments awarded during the year Financial
instruments vested
during the year and
not granted
Financial instruments
vested during the year and
granted
Financial in
struments for
the year
A B (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
Surname and
Name
Office Plan Number and
type of fi
nancial in
struments
Vesting pe
riod
Number
and type of
financial in
struments
Fair value at
award date
Vesting
period
Award
date
Market
price at
award date
Number and type of
financial
instruments
Number and
type of fi
nancial in
struments
Value at
vesting
date
Fair value
Incentive
2018
153,359 528 528
Managing Director
and Chief
Executive Officer
Incentive
2019
74,734 May
2025
Messina Carlo Incentive
2020
97,310 May
2025 -
May
2026
Incentive
2021
259,868 May
2026 -
May
2027
194,9001 670 670
General Manager PSP Plan 2,031,322
(x)
Jun. 2022 -
Jun.
2031
Incentive
2022
511,740 May
2026 -
May
2028
219,3161 754 754
Incentive
2023
929,203 May
2025 -
May
2029
Incentive
2024
(*) 2,718 May 2025 -
May
2030
(*) (*) 906
Incentive
2018
309,602 1,065 1,065
Incentive
2019
137,920 May
2025
260,4622 896 896
Incentive
2020
257,695 May
2025 -
May
2026
189,7093 661 661
Key Managers (**)
(Remuneration awarded by Intesa
Sanpaolo)
Incentive
2021
1,440,576 May
2025 -
May
2027
581,7574 2,031 2,031
PSP Plan 11,490,917
(x)
Jun. 2022 -
Jun.
2031
Incentive
2022
2,828,574 May 2025 -
May
2028
711,8445 2,495 2,495
Incentive
2023
3,597,813 May 2025 -
May
2029
794,2571 2,732 2,732

Financial instruments
awarded in previous years
and not vested during the
year
Financial instruments awarded during the year Financial
instruments vested
during the year and
not granted
Financial instruments
vested during the year and
granted
Financial in
struments for
the year
A B (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
Surname and
Office
Name
Plan Number and
type of fi
nancial in
struments
Vesting pe
riod
Number
and type of
financial in
struments
Fair value at
award date
Vesting
period
Award
date
Market
price at
award date
Number and type of
financial
instruments
Number and
type of fi
nancial in
struments
Value at
vesting
date
Fair value
Incentive
2024
(*) 15,911 May
2025 -
May
2030
(*) (*) 5,335
Key Managers (**)
(Remuneration awarded by
subsidiaries)
Incentive
2018
4,099.936 120 120
Incentive
2019
1,917.226 May 2025 2,191.116 69 69
Incentive
2020
Incentive
2021
25,500 May 2026 -
May 2027
16,9261 58 58

Financial instruments
awarded in previous years
and not vested during the
year
Financial instruments awarded during the year Financial
instruments vested
during the year and
not granted
Financial instruments
vested during the year and
granted
Financial in
struments for
the year
A B (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
Surname and
Name
Office Plan Number and
type of fi
nancial in
struments
Vesting pe
riod
Number
and type of
financial in
struments
Fair value at
award date
Vesting
period
Award
date
Market
price at
award date
Number and type of
financial
instruments
Number and
type of fi
nancial in
struments
Value at
vesting
date
Fair value
PSP Plan 542,719
(x)
Jun. 2022 -
Jun. 2031
Incentive
2022
68,722 May 2026 -
May 2028
34,9171 120 120
Incentive
2023
117,375 May 2026 -
May 2029
73,4641 109 109
Incentive
2024
(*) 1,1407 May2025 -
May
2030
(*) (*) 3808

(*) The information related to the shares that will be granted as an incentive for the performance of financial year 2024 will be available following the resolutions of the Ordinary Shareholders' Meeting called on 29 April 2025.

(**) Remuneration refers to No. 25 Key Managers in place as at 31 December 2024.

(x) The indicated number represents the assigned rights on Performance Shares. Each one assigns the right to receive No. 1 Intesa Sanpaolo Share at the end of the PSP Plan, conditioned upon the verification of the gateway conditions, of the level of achievement of the performance objectives and of the possible application of de-multipliers. Such number was calculated for each cluster of beneficiaries by dividing the value of the initial grant (for the Managing Director and CEO equal to 100% of the fixed remuneration at the launch of the Plan) by the market price at grant date determined by applying some Fair Value adjustments – based on the valuation models certified in the Group's Fair Value Policy - due to sale and availability constraints (please see the Report of the Board of Directors, Ordinary Part – Point 3f of the agenda of 15 March 2022).

1) Shares subject to a year of holding period and retained for the entire duration of this period in a fiduciary position in Siref S.p.A.

2) Of which 159,505 shares subject to a one-year holding period and retained for the entire period in a fiduciary position in Siref S.p.A.

3) Of which 105,921 shares subject to a one-year holding period and retained for the entire period in a fiduciary position in Siref S.p.A.

4) Of which 381,510 shares subject to a one-year holding period and retained for the entire period in a fiduciary position in Siref S.p.A.

5) Of which 439,194 shares subject to a one-year holding period and retained for the entire period in a fiduciary position in Siref S.p.A.

6) Assigned in UCITS units (instead of Intesa Sanpaolo shares) to the Head of the Asset Management, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of the Eurizon Capital Group, as required by the industry-sector regulations (Joint Bank of Italy – Consob Regulation after confirmed by the Regulation implementing articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, letter b) and c-bis), of Bank of Italy Consolidated Law on Finance).

7) Of which 554 thousand euro assigned in UCITS units (instead of Intesa Sanpaolo shares) to the Head of the Asset Management, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of the Eurizon Capital Group, as required by the industry-sector regulations (Joint Bank of Italy – Consob Regulation after confirmed by the Regulation implementing articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, letter b) and c-bis), of Bank of Italy Consolidated Law on Finance).

8) Of which 185 thousand euro assigned in UCITS units (instead of Intesa Sanpaolo shares) to the Head of the Asset Management, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of the Eurizon Capital Group, as required by the industry-sector regulations (Joint Bank of Italy – Consob Regulation after confirmed by the Regulation implementing articles 4-undecies and 6, paragraph 1, letter b) and c-bis), of Bank of Italy Consolidated Law on Finance).

Note: this information refers to the remuneration assigned by Intesa Sanpaolo or, where indicated, by subsidiaries; the granting of variable remuneration by associates is not envisaged.

Table No. 3B: Monetary incentive plans in favour of Managing Director and CEO and other Key Managers

(thousands of euro)
A B (1) (2) (3) (4)
Surname and
Name
Bonus of the year Bonus from previous years
Office Plan (A) (B)
(C)
(A)
(B)
(C) Other bonuses
Payable / Paid Deferred Deferral
period
No longer
payable
Payable /
Paid
Still deferred
Incentive 2018 3551
Incentive 2019 114 273
Consigliere Delegato e Incentive 2020 58 245
Messina Carlo Chief Executive Officer
Direttore Generale
Incentive 2021 758
Incentive 2022 917
Incentive 2023 917 917
Incentive
2024
906 906 May
2025/
May
2030
Incentive 2018 1,2121
Incentive 2019 444 1,131
Key Managers (*)
(Remuneration awarded by Intesa
Sanpaolo)
Incentive 2020 395 917
Incentive 2021 76 3,152
Incentive 2022 4,227
Incentive 2023 4,394 4,393
Incentive
2024
5,335 5,428 May
2025/
May
2030
90.62

A
B
(1)
(2) (3) (4)
Bonus of the year Bonus from previous years
Surname and Name Office Plan (A) (B) (C) (A) (B) (C) Other bonuses
Payable / Paid Deferred Deferral
period
No longer
payable
Payable /
Paid
Still deferred
Incentive 2018 681
Incentive 2019
Incentive 2020 51
Key Managers (*)
(Remuneration awarded by subsidiaries)
Incentive 2021 40 139
Incentive 2022 154
Incentive 2023 218 218
Incentive
2024
380 380 May
2025/
May
2030

(*) Remuneration refers to No. 25 Key Managers in place as at 31 December 2024.

1) An appreciation of 9% was calculated on the portions paid, in line with market rates and as provided for by the 2018 Remuneration and Incentive Policies.

2) Remuneration refers to the advance payment of the fidelity bonus former Sanpaolo IMI of the "Chief Risk Officer" and of the "Chief Equity, Legal & M&A Officer", paid according to the trade union agreement of 22 December 2023.

Equity

Table No. 1: Equity investments of Members of Board of Directors

Surname and Name Office Subsidiary Number of shares held at
the end of prior year (-)
Number of shares
purchased
Number of shares
sold
Number of shares held at the
end of current year (-)
Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 5,494 5,494
Colombo Paolo Andrea Deputy Chair of the Board of
Directors
Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 5,200 (a) 5,200 (a)
Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 19,047 (b) 19,047 (b)
Messina Carlo Managing Director and Chief
Executive Officer
General Manager
Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 4,765,798 (d) 567,575 (*) 5,333,373 (e)
Ceruti Franco Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 250,000 250,000
Tagliavini Paola Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 5,309 5,309
Nebbia Luciano Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 192,281 192,281
Picca Bruno Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 383,086 383,086
Pomodoro Livia Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 60,000 60,000
Stefanelli Maria Alessandra Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 147 (a) 147 (a)
Zamboni Daniele Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 100,000 100,000
Gatti Anna Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 2,000 2,000
Mosca Fabrizio Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 18,000 18,000
Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 30,000 (a) 10,000 10,000 30,000 (a)
Motta Milena Teresa Member of the Board of Directors Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 1,752 (c) 1,752 (c)
Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 2,118 (a,c) 2,118 (a,c)

(-) Or start / end date of the office, if different from the reference period specified.

(a) Shares owned by spouse.

(b) Shares held indirectly.

(c) Shares resulting from UBI Voluntary Public Purchase and Exchange Offer.

(d) Of which 697,734 shares are held through the trust company Siref S.p.A.

(e) Of which 414,216 shares are held through the trust company Siref S.p.A.

(*) (i) Of which No. 153,359 refer to the deferred portion in shares of the 2018 Incentive System and (ii) of which No. 194,900 shares refer to the 2021 Incentive System, and No. 219,316 shares refer to the 2022 Incentive System and are subject to a year of holding period and retained for the entire duration of this period in a fiduciary position in Siref S.p.A.

Table No. 2: Equity investments of other Key Managers

Number of other Key Managers Subsidiary Number of shares held at the
end of prior year (*)
Number of shares purchased Number of shares sold Number of shares held at the end of
current year (*)
30
(**)
Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 15,020,490 (b) 2,916,114 (***) 5,789,018 (****) 12,147,586 (c)
Intesa Sanpaolo ord. 199 (a) 199 (a)

(a) Shares owned by spouse

(b) Of which 2,576,151 shares are held through a trust company (Siref S.p.A.)

(c) Of which1,794,105 shares are held through a trust company (Siref S.p.A.)

(*) Or start / end date of the office, if different from the reference period specified.

(**) Total number of other Key Managers who do not hold any equity investments yet, of which No. 25 in place as at 31 December 2024.

(***) (i) Of which 347,072 shares refer to the 2018 Incentive System, No. 100,957 refer to the 2019 Incentive System, No. 83,788 shares refer to refer to the 2020 Incentive System, No. 200,247 shares refer to 2021 Incentive System and No. 101,885 shares refer to the deferred portion of the 2022 Incentive System, and (ii) of which No. 159,505shares refer to the 2019 Incentive System, No. 105,921 shares refer to the 2020 Incentive, System, n. 450,067shares refer to the 2021 Incentive System, No. 529.350 shares refer to the 2022 Incentive System and No. 837.322 shares refer to the 2023 Incentive System are subject to a one year holding period and retained for the entire duration of this period in a fiduciary position in Siref S.p.A.

(****) Of which No. 59,867 shares refer to the 2019 Incentive System, No. 38,311 shares refer to the 2020 Incentive System, No. 154,567 refer to the 2021 Incentive System, No. 166,165 refer to the 2022 Incentive System, and No. 306,652 refer to the 2023 Incentive System as so-called sell to cover, i.e. sold in order to pay the tax charges deriving from the transfer of the shares to Siref S.p.A. where they have been placed in trust for the residual duration of the holding period.

PART III – INTERNAL AUDITING DEPARTMENT ASSESSMENT OF THE INCENTIVE SYSTEM

The Chief Audit Officer of Intesa Sanpaolo carried out the planned audits, aimed at analysing the operational practices adopted in activating the incentive system for 2024, in accordance with the policies and application profiles approved by the Bodies and with the regulations on remuneration applicable to the Group including, in particular, Circular 285/2013 issued by the Bank of Italy.

The audit plan is structured so as to cover the operational phases of the process, namely: quantification and approval of the main incentive system components (economic requirements, certification of results achieved, determination of the bonus pool, incentives for Group Top Risk Takers and Heads of the Control Functions) and the actual payout of incentives, with specific reference to the Group Risk Takers.

As expected, the remuneration policies, the principles of the incentive system, the financing methods for the bonus pool, the activation thresholds, the rules for the identification of Risk Takers and the objectives assigned to the Group Top Risk Takers were approved by the Bodies in 2024, each within its own remit.

The structure was assessed as being compliant with the Regulations by the Compliance Function.

For 2024, the regulatory framework of 2023 was confirmed, including the definition of the variable remuneration component for the remaining personnel (PVR – subject of a level 2 agreement with the Trade Unions).

In addition, the following main changes are noted: i) revision of the remuneration package of the Manager responsible for preparing the Company's financial reports, the Head of the Administrative Governance and Controls structure and the Heads of the Human Resources Function at Group level. In particular, the maximum limit on the ratio between variable and fixed remuneration was increased from 33% to 60% as allowed by the external regulations; introduction of the the role indemnity for Risk Takers of the Company Control Functions operating in Hungary and Luxembourg; ii) specification of the levels of performance provided for the KPIs relevant in the context of the "Performance Share Plan" long-term incentive plan.

With regard to checking the implementation of the 2024 incentive system, it is confirmed that the threshold defined by the Group's bonus pool activation rules was reached and the gateway conditions – i.e. Net Income (positive), Gross Income, Group RAF indicators (CET1, NSFR, MREL and leverage ratio) – were positively verified, allowing its financing according to the application profiles and Policies. In addition, no corrective mechanisms were applied to the bonus pool since, also in this case, the compliance with the limits set for non-financial risks (i.e. Risk related to Operating Losses and Integrated Risk Assessment) was verified.

The results achieved by the Group Top Risk Takers were quantified, documented in specific schedules and approved by the competent Bodies.

Based on the audits conducted to date, the Chief Audit Officer expresses an opinion on the adequacy of the operational practices adopted, in accordance with the policies and profiles defined.

The audit plan will be completed with the checks on the correctness of the phases of actual payment of the incentives (including the deferred portion), with specific regard to the incentives paid to the Risk Takers, in order to determine their alignment with what was approved by the Corporate Bodies.

To supplement the Report on Remuneration presented on 24 April 2024, and as anticipated, the subsequent phases of disbursement of the incentives for the financial year 2023 (including the deferred portion) were checked, both on a domestic and an international sample, and were found to be substantially consistent with the policies and approved application profiles. Small residual areas for improvement were addressed, as also confirmed by the most recent follow-up.

Appendix

133

Table No. 1: "Art. 5 - Corporate Governance Code"

Principles and Criteria of the Corporate Governance Code Page
of Report
P. XV The remuneration policy for directors, members of the control body and the top
management contributes to the pursuit of the company's sustainable success and
takes into account the need to have, retain and motivate people with the
competence and professionalism deemed adequate for their role.
Pages 15, 19, 20, 23, 33, 38,
51
P. XVI. The remuneration policy is developed by the board of directors through a
transparent procedure.
Page 11
P. XVII. The board of directors ensures that the remuneration paid and accrued is
consistent with the principles and criteria defined in the policy, considering the
results achieved and any other circumstances relevant for its implementation.
R. 25 The board of directors entrusts the remuneration committee with the task of:
a)
supporting it in the development of the remuneration policy;
b)
submitting proposals or expressing opinions on the remuneration of executive
directors and other directors who hold specific responsibilities, as well as on
the setting of performance objectives related to the variable component of this
remuneration;
c)
monitoring the actual application of the remuneration policy and verifying the
effective achievement of the performance objectives;
d)
periodically assessing the adequacy and overall consistency of the
remuneration policy for directors and the top management.
Pages 11, 23
In order to have people with adequate competence and professionalism, the
remuneration of executive and non-executive directors and of the members of the
control body is defined with due consideration of the remuneration practices that
are common with regards to the company's reference sectors and size. It also
considers comparable international practices, with the possible support of an
independent consultant.
R. 26 The remuneration committee is made up of non-executive directors, the majority
of whom are independent, and is chaired by an independent director. At least one
member of the committee has adequate knowledge and experience in financial
matters or remuneration policies; such skills are assessed by the board of directors
before his or her appointment.
No director takes part in the meetings of the remuneration committee in which
proposals relating to his or her remuneration are made.
Page 12
R. 27 The remuneration policy for executive directors and the top management defines:
a)
a balance between the fixed and the variable component which is consistent
with the company's strategic objectives and risk management policy.
Consistency is assessed
taking
into consideration
the business's
characteristics and the industry of the company. The variable component has
in any case a significant weight on the overall remuneration;
b)
caps to the variable components;
c)
performance objectives, to which is linked the payment of the variable
components, that are predetermined, measurable and predominantly linked
to the long-term 16 horizon. They are consistent with the company's strategic
objectives and with the aim of promoting its sustainable success and includes
non-financial parameters, where relevant;
d)
an adequate deferral of a significant part of the variable component that has
been already accrued. Such a deferral period is consistent with the
company's business activity and its risk profile;
e)
provisions that enable the company to recover and/or withhold, in whole or in
part, the variable components already paid-out or due, where they were
based on data which subsequently proved to be manifestly misstated. The
company can identify other circumstances in which such provisions are
Pages 15, 19, 23, 30, 33, 35,
36, 38, 50-52, 56-61, 73, 88,
90, 91, 92
applied;

f) clear and predetermined rules for possible termination payments, establishing a cap to the total amount that might be paid out. The cap is linked to a certain

134

Principles and Criteria of the Corporate Governance Code Page
of Report
amount or a certain number of years of remuneration. No indemnity is paid
out if the termination of the office is motivated by director's objectively
inadequate results.
R. 28 The share-based remuneration plans for executive directors and the top
management are aligned with the interests of the shareholders over a long-term
horizon, providing that a predominant part of the plan has an overall vesting and
holding period of at least five years.
Pages 52, 56-61
R. 29 The remuneration of non-executive directors is adequate to the competence,
professionalism and commitment required by their role within the board of directors
and its committees; this remuneration is not related to financial performance
objectives, except for a non-significant part.
Pages 14, 15
R. 30 On the occasion of the termination of office and/or dissolution of the relationship
with an executive director or general manager, a press release is published as
soon as the internal processes that led to the assignment or the recognition of any
indemnities and/or other benefits has been concluded. The press release provides
for detailed information on:
a)
the assignment or the recognition of indemnities and/or other benefits, the
circumstances that justify their accrual (e.g. due to the expiration of the term
of office, its termination or a settlement agreement) and the decision-making
process followed for this purpose within the company;
Pages 12, 14
b)
the total amount of the indemnity and/or other benefits, the related
components (including non-monetary benefits, the vesting of rights
connected with incentive plans, the compensation for non-competitive
commitments or any other remuneration allocated to any reason and in any
form) and the timing of their disbursement (distinguishing the part paid
immediately from the part subject to deferral mechanisms);
c)
the application of any claw-back or malus clauses;
d)
the compliance of the elements indicated in letters a), b) and c) consistently
with the remuneration policy, with a clear indication of the reasons and the
decision-making process followed in the event of non-compliance, even if only
partial, with the policy itself;
e)
the procedures that have been or will be followed for the replacement of the
executive director or the general manager whose office has been terminated.

Table No. 2: "Art. 123-bis - Report on corporate governance and ownership structures"

Art 123-bis - Report on corporate governance and ownership structures Page of Report

  1. The report on operations of issuers with securities admitted to trading on regulated markets shall contain a specific section entitled: "Report on corporate governance and ownership structures", providing detailed information on:

  2. a) the capital structure, including securities not traded on a regulated market in an EU Member State, with an indication of the different classes of shares and, for each class of shares, the related rights and obligations and the percentage of total share capital represented;

  3. b) any restriction on the transfer of securities, e.g. limitations in the possession of securities or the need to obtain consent from the company or other securities holders;
  4. c) significant direct and indirect equity investments, for example through pyramid structures and cross-investments, as stated in reports submitted pursuant to article 120;
  5. d) if known, the holders of any securities with special control rights and a description of such rights;
  6. e) the mechanism for the exercise of voting rights in any employee share ownership scheme where voting rights are not exercised directly by the employees;
  7. f) any restrictions on voting rights, such as limitations of the voting rights of holders of a given percentage or number of votes, deadlines for the exercise of voting rights, or systems whereby, with the company's cooperation, the financial rights attached to the securities are separate from the holding of securities;
  8. g) agreements known to the company pursuant to article 122;
  9. h) any significant agreements to which the company or its subsidiaries are parties and which take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the company, and the effects thereof, except where their nature is such that their disclosure would be seriously prejudicial to the company; this exception shall not apply where the company is specifically obliged to disclose such information on the basis of other legal provisions; Page 15
  10. i) agreements between companies and directors, members of the management board or supervisory board which envisage indemnities in event of resignation or dismissal without just cause, or if their employment contract should terminate as a result of a takeover bid; Page 15, 76
  11. l) rules applying to the appointment and replacement of directors and members of the management board or supervisory board, and to amendments to the articles of association, if different from those envisaged by legal and regulatory provisions applicable as supplementary measures;
  12. m) the existence of delegated powers regarding share capital increases pursuant to article 2443 of the Italian Civil Code or powers of the directors or members of the management board to issue equity instruments or to authorise the purchase of own shares.

[omissis]

Table No. 3: "Art. 123-ter – Report on the remuneration policy and compensation paid"

Art. 123-ter - Report on the remuneration policy and compensation paid Page of Report
1. At least twenty-one days prior to the date of the Shareholders' Meeting established by
article 2364, paragraph two, or the Shareholders' Meeting established by article 2364-bis
second paragraph of the Italian Civil Code, companies with listed shares shall make a
report on the remuneration policy and compensation paid available to the public at the
company registered office, on its internet website or in any of the other ways established
by Consob regulation.
Page 8
2. The report shall be laid out in the two sections envisaged by paragraphs 3 and 4 and
shall be approved by the Board of Directors. In companies adopting the two-tier system,
the report shall be approved by the supervisory board, upon proposal from the
management board, solely for the section envisaged by paragraph 4, letter b).
Page 9
3. The first section of the report shall set out in a clear and comprehensible manner: Page 9
a)
the company's policy on the remuneration of the members of the
management bodies, general managers and key managers with reference
to at least the following year and, subject to the provisions of Article 2402 of
the Italian Civil Code, the members of the control bodies;
Page 11, 14, 19
b)
the procedures used to adopt and implement this policy.
Page 11, 14
3-bis The remuneration policy shall contribute to the business strategy, the pursuit of long
term interests and the sustainability of the company and shall explain how it makes this
contribution. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3-ter, companies shall put the
remuneration policy referred to in paragraph 3 to the vote of shareholders, according to
the frequency required by the duration of the policy set in accordance with paragraph 3,
letter a), and in any case at least every three years or when amendments are made to the
policy. Companies shall award the remuneration only in accordance with the remuneration
policy last approved by the shareholders. In exceptional circumstances, companies may
temporarily deviate from the remuneration policy, provided the policy sets out the
procedural conditions for applying the deviation and specifies the parts of the policy that
may be subject to deviation. Exceptional circumstances only means situations where the
deviation from the remuneration policy is necessary to pursue the long-term interests and
sustainability of the company as a whole or to ensure its ability to stay in the market.
Page 9
3-ter. The resolution envisaged in paragraph 3-bis shall be binding. If the Shareholders'
Meeting does not approve the remuneration policy put to the vote pursuant to paragraph
3-bis, the company shall continue to pay remuneration in accordance with the most recent
remuneration policy approved by the Shareholders' Meeting or, if there is no such policy,
it can continue to pay remuneration in accordance with existing practices. The company
shall put a new remuneration policy to the vote of shareholders at the latest at the next
Shareholders' Meeting required by Article 2364, second paragraph, of the Italian Civil
Code, or at the Shareholders' Meeting required by Article 2364-bis, second paragraph, of
the Italian Civil Code.
Page 9
4. The second section of the report, in a clear and comprehensible manner and, by name
for the members of the management and control bodies, general managers and in
aggregate form, subject to the provisions of the regulation issued in accordance with
paragraph 8, for key managers:
Page 9
a)
shall provide a suitable representation of each of the items comprising the
remuneration, including the treatment provided for in the event of
termination of office or termination of employment, detailing the consistency
with the company's remuneration policy for the reporting year;
Page 88

Art. 123-ter - Report on the remuneration policy and compensation paid Page of Report

  • b) shall detail the remuneration paid during the reporting year, for any reason and in any form by the company and by subsidiaries or associates, noting any components of said remuneration that refer to activities performed in years prior to the reporting year, in addition to highlighting the remuneration to be paid in one or more subsequent years in relation to work performed in the reporting year, and specifying any estimated value for components that cannot objectively be quantified in the reporting year;
  • b-bis) shall describe how the company has taken into account the vote cast in the previous year on the second section of the report.

  • Remuneration plans shall be established by article 114-bis are attached to the report, or the report shall specify the section of the company's website where these documents can be viewed.

  • Without prejudice to the provisions of Articles 2389 and 2409-terdecies, first paragraph, letter a) of the Italian Civil Code and Article 114-bis, the Shareholders' Meeting called in accordance with Article 2364, paragraph two or Article 2364-bis, paragraph two, of the Italian Civil Code, shall resolve in favour or against the second section of the report envisaged by paragraph 4. This resolution shall be non-binding. The outcome of voting shall be made available to the public in accordance with article 125-quater, paragraph 2. Page 9

[omissis]

Page of Report

Table No. 4: Bank of Italy Provisions on "Transparency of the banking and financial transactions and services – correctness of the relations between intermediaries and customers" - Section XI paragraph 2-quater "Remuneration policies and practices" and 2-quater.1 "Remuneration policies and practices for relevant persons and credit intermediaries"

Bank of Italy Provisions on "Transparency of the banking and financial transactions and services – correctness of the relations between intermediaries and customers" - Section XI – paragraph 2-quater "Remuneration policies and practices"

This paragraph governs the policies and practices that intermediaries adopt for the remuneration of staff and third parties in the sales network. This is without prejudice to the application of the prudential provisions on remuneration policies and practices106 .

For the purposes of this paragraph:

  • "remuneration" means any form of payment or benefit (either monetary or nonmonetary) paid directly or indirectly by the intermediary to staff and third parties in the sales network;
  • "products" means transactions and services falling within the scope of Title VI of the Consolidated Law;
  • "relevant persons" means the staff of the intermediary who offer products to customers and interact with those customers, and the hierarchical superiors of those staff;
  • "credit intermediaries" means the entities identified in Section VII.

Intermediaries shall adopt and apply policies and practices for the remuneration of staff and third parties in the sales network: i) consistent with the company's objectives and values and long-term strategies; ii) inspired by criteria of diligence, transparency and fairness in customer relations, containment of legal and reputational risks, customer protection and loyalty, and compliance with any applicable self-disciplinary provisions; and iii) which are not based exclusively on commercial objectives and do not constitute an incentive to place products that are not suitable for the customers' financial needs. Intermediaries shall ensure that the human resource management policies and procedures are consistent with these principles.

Intermediaries required to establish a remuneration policy under other supervisory provisions may draw up a single document to also implement the rules laid down in this paragraph, provided that the parts that implement these rules are clearly disclosed.

For the staff responsible for assessing creditworthiness, the remuneration policies and practices shall ensure prudent risk management by the intermediary. Page 64

The remuneration policies and practices for staff responsible for handling complaints shall include indicators that take into account, among other things, the results achieved in handling complaints and the quality of customer relations. Page 64

Page 19, 28-30, 47, 48, 62- 64, 69-71, 71-73

106 These provisions are included: for banks, in the Bank of Italy Circular No. 285 of 17 December 2013 (Part I, Title IV, Chapter 2); and for financial intermediaries entered in the register pursuant to Article 106 of the Consolidated Law, in the Bank of Italy Circular No 288 of 3 April 2015 (Title III, Chapter 1).

Bank of Italy Provisions on "Transparency of the banking and financial
transactions and services – correctness of the relations between intermediaries
and customers" – Section XI – paragraph 2-quater.1 "Remuneration policies and
practices for relevant persons and credit intermediaries"107
Page of Report
Intermediaries shall adopt and apply policies and practices for the remuneration of
relevant persons and credit intermediaries that take into account the rights and interests
of customers in relation to the offering of products. For this purpose, intermediaries shall
ensure that:
a. the remuneration does not create incentives for the relevant persons and credit
intermediaries to pursue their own interests or those of the intermediary to the
detriment of the customers;
Pages 28-30, 45, 47, 48
b. account is taken of any risk likely to be prejudicial to customers; intermediaries shall
take appropriate measures to guard against this risk;
Pages 19, 28-30, 33, 47, 48,
62, 64
c. the variable component of the remuneration (if provided) of relevant persons and
credit intermediaries:
i. is anchored to quantitative and qualitative criteria108; Pages 28-30, 45, 47, 48
ii. does not constitute an incentive to offer a specific product, or a specific category
or combination of products (e.g. because it is particularly favourable for the
intermediary or the relevant persons or the credit intermediaries), when this may
result in a detriment to the customer through the offering of a product that is not
appropriate to the customer's financial needs or which results in higher costs than
another product that is also suitable, consistent and useful with respect to the
customer's interests, objectives and characteristics;
Pages 28-30, 45, 47, 48, 62,
64
iii. is suitably balanced with respect to the fixed component of remuneration; Pages 19, 23, 25-26, 28-30
iv. is subject to adjustment mechanisms that enable the reduction (including
significant reductions) or the reduction down to zero of the remuneration, for
example in the event of conduct, by relevant persons or credit intermediaries,
which has caused or contributed to causing significant damage to customers or a
significant violation of the regulations contained in Title VI of the Consolidated
Law, of the related implementing provisions or of codes of ethics or codes of
conduct for customer protection applicable to the intermediary.
Pages 50-52
The remuneration policies drawn up in accordance with this sub-paragraph shall, in
addition to the aspects covered by points a), b) and c), also include: i) a description of the
objectives they are seeking to achieve; and ii) details of the number of relevant persons
and credit intermediaries they apply to, as well as the role and functions performed by
them109
Pages 19, 22
The remuneration policies shall be duly documented and the related documentation shall
be kept for a period of no less than five years. The documentation shall also include a
description of how the policies have been implemented, with particular regard to the
application of the criteria for setting the variable component of remuneration, where
envisaged.
Intermediaries shall inform the relevant persons and credit intermediaries in a clear and
comprehensible manner about the remuneration policies and practices applicable to
them, before they are entrusted with the offering of products. The remuneration policies
and practices shall be made easily accessible to the relevant persons and credit
intermediaries.

107 This sub-paragraph implements the European Banking Authority's Guidelines on remuneration policies and practices related to the sale and provision of retail banking products and services of 13 December 2016.

108 In particular, variable remuneration cannot be based solely on the achievement of quantitative objectives linked to the sale of products but must also take into account other criteria (e.g. customer loyalty and level of customer satisfaction).

109 For relevant persons, separate details shall be given of the number of persons who offer products to customers by interacting with those customers and the number of their hierarchical superiors.

Bank of Italy Provisions on "Transparency of the banking and financial transactions and services – correctness of the relations between intermediaries and customers" – Section XI – paragraph 2-quater.1 "Remuneration policies and practices for relevant persons and credit intermediaries"110

Page of Report

The remuneration policies and practices shall be adopted by the body responsible for strategic supervision – or, if the selection of the latter is not required by the applicable regulations, by the administration body – which is also responsible for their proper implementation and any amendments to them. For the purpose of adopting the remuneration policies, the body shall avail itself of the remuneration committee (where established), the human resources function and the company control functions111 . Section I – par. 1

Intermediaries shall subject the remuneration policies and practices of relevant persons

shall be promptly modified.

and credit intermediaries to review at least annually, also for the purpose of ensuring the regular assessment of the adequacy of the measures adopted with respect to the risks referred to in point b) of this sub-paragraph; the compliance function or, in its absence, the internal audit function shall be involved for such purposes. Where, as a result of this review, gaps or inadequacies in remuneration policies and practices are identified, these Section I – par. 1

110 This sub-paragraph implements the European Banking Authority's Guidelines on remuneration policies and practices related to the sale and provision of retail banking products and services of 13 December 2016.

111 The compliance function shall, among other things, certify the compliance of the remuneration policies with the provisions of this paragraph.

Antonio Joli, View of the Gulf of Naples from the slopes of Vesuvius

This large painting by eighteenth-century painter and scenographer Antonio Joli forms part of the Intesa Sanpaolo art collections, and is permanently exhibited in the Gallerie d'Italia in Naples as part of the exhibition "From Caravaggio to Gemito", which also includes two other views of Naples by his predecessor Gaspar van Wittel.

Cover:

Antonio Joli (Modena, 1700 around - Naples 1777) View of the Gulf of Naples from the slopes of Vesuvius, 1765-1770 ca oil on canvas, 157 x 235.5 cm Intesa Sanpaolo Collection Gallerie d'Italia - Naples

The evocative depiction of the Gulf of Naples seen from the slopes of Vesuvius (one of the most significant examples of Joli's celebratory Vedutism) belongs to the artist's mature period post-1762. At that time, after frequent stays in Rome and Venice, he settled and worked in Naples, as a brilliant scenographer and view painter in the manner of Canaletto and Bellotto. From this later period of production, the painting in question reveals his most typical characteristics, including the choice to represent particular moments of court life, within wide and scenic views of the city of Naples. In this case, to animate the landscape, the result of Joli's careful and lucid observation of reality, there is a procession of dignitaries strolling in the garden of the Royal Villa of Portici, together with Viceroy Ferdinand IV of Bourbon as a Capuchin friar kneels in homage. In other paintings, Ferdinando's horseback ride in the Capodimonte park, the ball game at the Aragonese fortifications, or the return by carriage of Ferdinando and Maria Carolina along the Via di Foria in Naples, all offer the painter suitable subjects to orchestrate evocative views of Naples. This view of the city, also including the Campi Flegrei and Ischia, follows the drawing made by Joli himself for the decorative apparatus of the "Topographic Map" of Naples, proposed by Duke Giovanni Carafa from Noja in 1750 but not actually published until 1775. As frequently occurs with the artist, the perspectives of this view multiply, skillfully combining into a global, authentic, and complex image. The author's eye captures Naples in its entirety, encircling the city, with a visual layout that constitutes the true modernity of Joli's vedutism, as an artist supported by remarkable technical expertise and a highly suggestive pictorialism. The sequence of trees that punctuates the sky, in fact, opens up to an image not only described in detail, but also vibrant with light and colours, measured out in light tones and on the delicate chiaroscuro differences, created between the shaded foregrounds and illuminated background.

Report on remuneration policy and compensation paid 12 March 2025

Report on remuneration policy

and compensation paid

12 March 2025

Talk to a Data Expert

Have a question? We'll get back to you promptly.